Asus Motherboard P5VDC-MX User Manual
Motherboard P5VDC-MX
ii ii ii ii ii Copyright é 2006 ASUST eK COMPUTER INC. All Rights Reserved. No part of this manual, including the products and software described in it, may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated into any language in any form or by any means, except documentation kept by the purchaser for backup purposes, without the express written permission of ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. (âÂÂASUSâÂÂ). Product warranty or service will not be extended if: (1) the product is repaired, modified or altered, unless such repair , modification of alteration is authorized in writing by ASUS; or (2) the serial number of the product is defaced or missing. ASUS PROVIDES THIS MANUAL âÂÂAS ISâ WITHOUT W ARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANT ABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A P ARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL ASUS, ITS DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT , SPECIAL, INCIDENT AL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF USE OR DA T A, INTERRUPTION OF BUSINESS AND THE LIKE), EVEN IF ASUS HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES ARISING FROM ANY DEFECT OR ERROR IN THIS MANUAL OR PRODUCT . SPECIFICA TIONS AND INFORMA TION CONT AINED IN THIS MANUAL ARE FURNISHED FOR INFORMA TIONAL USE ONL Y , AND ARE SUBJECT T O CHANGE A T ANY TIME WITHOUT NOTICE, AND SHOULD NOT BE CONSTRUED AS A COMMITMENT BY ASUS. ASUS ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS OR INACCURACIES THA T MA Y APPEAR IN THIS MANUAL, INCLUDING THE PRODUCTS AND SOFTW ARE DESCRIBED IN IT . Products and corporate names appearing in this manual may or may not be registered trademarks or copyrights of their respective companies, and are used only for identification or explanation and to the ownersâ benefit, without intent to infringe. E2545 E2545 E2545 E2545 E2545 Revised Edition V2 Revised Edition V2 Revised Edition V2 Revised Edition V2 Revised Edition V2 March 2006 March 2006 March 2006 March 2006 March 2006
iii iii iii iii iii Contents Notices ................................................................................................ vi Safety information ............................................................................. vii About this guide ............................................................................... viii P5VDC-MX specifications summary ..................................................... x Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.1 Welcome! .............................................................................. 1-2 1.2 Package contents ................................................................. 1-2 1.3 Special features .................................................................... 1-2 1.3.1 Product highlights ................................................... 1-2 1.3.2 Innovative ASUS features ....................................... 1-4 1.4 Before you proceed .............................................................. 1-5 1.5 Motherboard overview .......................................................... 1-6 1.5.1 Placement direction ................................................ 1-6 1.5.2 Screw holes ............................................................ 1-6 1.5.3 Motherboard layout ................................................ 1-7 1.6 Central Processing Unit (CPU) .............................................. 1-8 1.6.1 Installling the CPU ................................................... 1-8 1.6.2 Installling the CPU heatsink and fan ..................... 1-11 1.6.3 Uninstalling the CPU heatsink and fan .................. 1-13 1.7 System memory ................................................................. 1-15 1.7.1 Overview ............................................................... 1-15 1.7.2 Memory Configurations ......................................... 1-15 1.7.3 DDR Qualified Vendors List ................................... 1-16 1.7.4 Installing a DDR DIMM (blue slots) ........................ 1-18 1.7.5 Removing a DDR DIMM .......................................... 1-18 1.7.6 Installing a DDR2 DIMM (yellow slots) .................. 1-19 1.7.7 Removing a DDR2 DIMM ........................................ 1-19 1.8 Expansion slots ................................................................... 1-20 1.8.1 Installing an expansion card .................................. 1-20 1.8.2 Configuring an expansion card .............................. 1-20 1.8.3 Interrupt assignments .......................................... 1-21 1.8.4 PCI slots ................................................................ 1-22 1.8.5 PCI Express x1 slot ............................................... 1-22 1.8.6 AGP slot ................................................................ 1-22
iv iv iv iv iv Contents 1.9 Jumpers .............................................................................. 1-23 1.10 Connectors ......................................................................... 1-25 1.10.1 Rear panel connectors .......................................... 1-25 1.10.2 Internal connectors ............................................... 1-26 Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup 2.1 Managing and updating your BIOS ........................................ 2-2 2.1.1 Creating a bootable floppy disk .............................. 2-2 2.1.2 ASUS EZ Flash utility .............................................. 2-3 2.1.3 AFUDOS utility ........................................................ 2-4 2.1.4 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 utility ................................ 2-6 2.1.5 ASUS Update utility ................................................ 2-8 2.2 BIOS setup program ........................................................... 2-11 2.2.1 BIOS menu screen ................................................. 2-12 2.2.2 Menu bar ............................................................... 2-12 2.2.3 Navigation keys .................................................... 2-12 2.2.4 Menu items ........................................................... 2-13 2.2.5 Sub-menu items ................................................... 2-13 2.2.6 Configuration fields .............................................. 2-13 2.2.7 Pop-up window ..................................................... 2-13 2.2.8 Scroll bar .............................................................. 2-13 2.2.9 General help .......................................................... 2-13 2.3 Main menu .......................................................................... 2-14 2.3.1 System Time [xx:xx:xxxx] ..................................... 2-14 2.3.2 System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] ............................ 2-14 2.3.3 Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] ...................... 2-14 2.3.4 Primary and Secondary IDE Master/Slave ............. 2-15 2.3.5 System Information .............................................. 2-16 2.4 Advanced menu .................................................................. 2-17 2.4.1 JumperFree Configuration .................................... 2-17 2.4.2 USB Configuration ................................................. 2-18 2.4.3 CPU Configuration ................................................. 2-19 2.4.4 Chipset ................................................................. 2-20 2.4.5 Onboard Devices Configuration ............................ 2-24
v v v v v Contents 2.4.6 PCI PnP ................................................................. 2-25 2.5 Power menu ........................................................................ 2-27 2.5.1 Suspend Mode [Auto] .......................................... 2-27 2.5.2 Repost Video on S3 Resume [No] ........................ 2-27 2.5.3 ACPI 2.0 Support [No] ......................................... 2-27 2.5.4 ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] ................................ 2-27 2.5.5 APM Configuration ................................................ 2-28 2.5.6 Hardware Monitor ................................................. 2-29 2.6 Boot menu .......................................................................... 2-30 2.6.1 Boot Device Priority .............................................. 2-30 2.6.2 Boot Settings Configuration ................................. 2-31 2.6.3 Security ................................................................ 2-32 2.7 Exit menu ........................................................................... 2-34 Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support 3.1 Installing an operating system ............................................. 3-2 3.2 Support CD information ........................................................ 3-2 3.2.1 Running the support CD ......................................... 3-2 3.2.2 Drivers menu .......................................................... 3-3 3.2.3 Utilities menu .......................................................... 3-4 3.2.4 Make Disk menu ...................................................... 3-5 3.2.5 Manuals menu ......................................................... 3-5 3.2.6 ASUS Contact information ...................................... 3-6 3.3 RAID configurations .............................................................. 3-7 3.3.1 Installing hard disks ................................................ 3-8 3.4 Creating a RAID driver disk ................................................. 3-12
vi vi vi vi vi Notices Federal Communications Commission Statement Federal Communications Commission Statement Federal Communications Commission Statement Federal Communications Commission Statement Federal Communications Commission Statement This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: ⢠This device may not cause harmful interference, and ⢠This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with manufacturerâÂÂs instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures: ⢠Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. ⢠Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. ⢠Connect the equipment to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. ⢠Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. Canadian Department of Communications Statement Canadian Department of Communications Statement Canadian Department of Communications Statement Canadian Department of Communications Statement Canadian Department of Communications Statement This digital apparatus does not exceed the Class B limits for radio noise emissions from digital apparatus set out in the Radio Interference Regulations of the Canadian Department of Communications. This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003. ICES-003. ICES-003. ICES-003. ICES-003. The use of shielded cables for connection of the monitor to the graphics card is required to assure compliance with FCC regulations. Changes or modifications to this unit not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the userâÂÂs authority to operate this equipment.
vii vii vii vii vii Safety information Electrical safety Electrical safety Electrical safety Electrical safety Electrical safety ⢠To prevent electrical shock hazard, disconnect the power cable from the electrical outlet before relocating the system. ⢠When adding or removing devices to or from the system, ensure that the power cables for the devices are unplugged before the signal cables are connected. If possible, disconnect all power cables from the existing system before you add a device. ⢠Before connecting or removing signal cables from the motherboard, ensure that all power cables are unplugged. ⢠Seek professional assistance before using an adapter or extension cord. These devices could interrupt the grounding circuit. ⢠Make sure that your power supply is set to the correct voltage in your area. If you are not sure about the voltage of the electrical outlet you are using, contact your local power company. ⢠If the power supply is broken, do not try to fix it by yourself. Contact a qualified service technician or your retailer. Operation safety Operation safety Operation safety Operation safety Operation safety ⢠Before installing the motherboard and adding devices on it, carefully read all the manuals that came with the package. ⢠Before using the product, make sure all cables are correctly connected and the power cables are not damaged. If you detect any damage, contact your dealer immediately. ⢠To avoid short circuits, keep paper clips, screws, and staples away from connectors, slots, sockets and circuitry. ⢠Avoid dust, humidity, and temperature extremes. Do not place the product in any area where it may become wet. ⢠Place the product on a stable surface. ⢠If you encounter technical problems with the product, contact a qualified service technician or your retailer. This symbol of the crossed out wheeled bin indicates that the product (electrical and electronic equipment) should not be placed in municipal waste. Please check local regulations for disposal of electronic products.
viii viii viii viii viii About this guide This user guide contains the information you need when installing and configuring the motherboard. How this guide is organized How this guide is organized How this guide is organized How this guide is organized How this guide is organized This manual contains the following parts: ⢠⢠⢠⢠⢠Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction This chapter describes the features of the motherboard and the new technology it supports. This chapter also lists the hardware setup procedures that you have to perform when installing system components. It includes description of the jumpers and connectors on the motherboard. ⢠⢠⢠⢠⢠Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup This chapter tells how to change system settings through the BIOS Setup menus. Detailed descriptions of the BIOS parameters are also provided. ⢠⢠⢠⢠⢠Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support This chapter describes the contents of the support CD that comes with the motherboard package. Where to find more information Where to find more information Where to find more information Where to find more information Where to find more information Refer to the following sources for additional information and for product and software updates. 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. ASUS websites ASUS websites ASUS websites ASUS websites ASUS websites The ASUS website provides updated information on ASUS hardware and software products. Refer to the ASUS contact information. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. Optional documentation Optional documentation Optional documentation Optional documentation Optional documentation Your product package may include optional documentation, such as warranty flyers, that may have been added by your dealer. These documents are not part of the standard package.
ix ix ix ix ix Conventions used in this guide Conventions used in this guide Conventions used in this guide Conventions used in this guide Conventions used in this guide To make sure that you perform certain tasks properly, take note of the following symbols used throughout this manual. Typography DANGER/WARNING: DANGER/WARNING: DANGER/WARNING: DANGER/WARNING: DANGER/WARNING: Information to prevent injury to yourself when trying to complete a task. CAUTION: CAUTION: CAUTION: CAUTION: CAUTION: Information to prevent damage to the components when trying to complete a task. NOTE: NOTE: NOTE: NOTE: NOTE: Tips and additional information to help you complete a task. IMPORTANT: IMPORTANT: IMPORTANT: IMPORTANT: IMPORTANT: Instructions that you MUST follow to complete a task. Bold text Bold text Bold text Bold text Bold text Indicates a menu or an item to select Italics Used to emphasize a word or a phrase <Key> Keys enclosed in the less-than and greater-than sign means that you must press the enclosed key Example: <Enter> means that you must press the Enter or Return key <Key1 Key2 Key3> If you must press two or more keys simultaneously, the key names are linked with a plus sign ( ) Example: <Ctrl Alt D> Command Means that you must type the command exactly as shown, then supply the required item or value enclosed in brackets Example: At the DOS prompt, type the command line: afudos /i[filename] afudos /iP5VDCMX.ROM
x x x x x P5VDC-MX specifications summary CPU CPU CPU CPU CPU Chipset Chipset Chipset Chipset Chipset Front Side Bus Front Side Bus Front Side Bus Front Side Bus Front Side Bus Memory Memory Memory Memory Memory Expansion slots Expansion slots Expansion slots Expansion slots Expansion slots VGA VGA VGA VGA VGA Storage Storage Storage Storage Storage LAN LAN LAN LAN LAN Audio Audio Audio Audio Audio Other ASUS Other ASUS Other ASUS Other ASUS Other ASUS Special Features Special Features Special Features Special Features Special Features Back panel I/O Back panel I/O Back panel I/O Back panel I/O Back panel I/O Ports Ports Ports Ports Ports LGA775 socket for Intel î Pentium î D/Pentium î 4/ Celeron CPU Compatible with Intel î 05B/05A and 04B/ 04A processor Supports Intel î EM64T/Hyper-Threading Technology (Note: Due to chipset limitation, the Intel Enhanced Intel SpeedStep Technology, C1E, and TM2 are not supported in this model) Northbridge: VIA P4M800 PRO Southbridge: VIA VT8251 800/533 MHz 2 x 240-pin DIMM sockets support max. 2GB DDR2 533/400 non-ECC, unbuffered memory. 2 x 184-pin DIMM sockets support max. 2GB DDR 400/ 333/266 non-ECC, unbuffered memory (Note:DDR and DDR2 memory can not be used simulltaneously) 1 x AGP 8X/4X (1.5V only) 1 x PCI Express x1 2 x PCI, PCI 2.2 Integrated VIA UniChrome Graphics, up to 64MB shared memory South Bridge: VT8251 2 x UltraDMA 133/100/66 4 x Serial ATA 3Gb/s with RAID 0, 1, 0 1 & JBOD function Realtek RTL8201CL 10/100 LAN controller Realtek ALC653 ACâÂÂ97 6-channel Audio CODEC ASUS Q-Fan ASUS EZ Flash CrashFree BIOS 2 ASUS MyLogo 1 x Parallel port 1 x RJ-45 4 x USB 2.0/1.1 1 x VGA out 1 x Serial port 1 x PS/2 keyboard 1 x PS/2 mouse 1 x 6-Channel Audio I/O (continued on the next page)
xi xi xi xi xi *Specifications are subject to change without notice. P5VDC-MX specifications summary BIOS BIOS BIOS BIOS BIOS Manageability Manageability Manageability Manageability Manageability USB USB USB USB USB Internal I/O Internal I/O Internal I/O Internal I/O Internal I/O connectors connectors connectors connectors connectors Form Factor Form Factor Form Factor Form Factor Form Factor Support CD Support CD Support CD Support CD Support CD contents contents contents contents contents 4 Mb Flash ROM, AMI BIOS, PnP, WfM2.0, DMI2.0, SM BIOS 2.3 WOL by PME, WOR by PME, Chassis Intrussion, PXE, RPL Max. 8 USB 2.0 ports 2 x USB 2.0/1.1 connector supports additional 4 USB ports 4 x SATA connector 2 x IDE connector CPU/Chassis fan connectors Game/MIDI connector 24-pin EATX Power connector 4-pin ATX 12 V Power connector CD/AUX audio-in connector Chassis Intrusion 1 x Floppy disk drive connector 1 x S/PDIF out connector Front panel audio connector System panel connector mATX Form Factor, 9.6 in x 9.6 in (24.5 cm x 24.5 cm) Drivers ASUS PC Probe ASUS Live Update utility Anti-virus software (OEM version)
xii xii xii xii xii
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 1-1 1-1 1-1 1-1 1-1 1 Product introduction This chapter describes the motherboard features and the new technologies it supports.
1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.1 Welcome! Thank you for buying an ASUS Thank you for buying an ASUS Thank you for buying an ASUS Thank you for buying an ASUS Thank you for buying an ASUS î î î î î P5VDC-MX motherboard! P5VDC-MX motherboard! P5VDC-MX motherboard! P5VDC-MX motherboard! P5VDC-MX motherboard! The motherboard delivers a host of new features and latest technologies, making it another standout in the long line of ASUS quality motherboards! Before you start installing the motherboard, and hardware devices on it, check the items in your package with the list below. 1.2 Package contents Check your motherboard package for the following items. Motherboard Motherboard Motherboard Motherboard Motherboard ASUS P5VDC-MX motherboard Cables Cables Cables Cables Cables 1 x Serial ATA power cable 1 x Serial ATA signal cable 1 x Ultra DMA 133/100 cables 1 x Floppy disk drive cable Accessories Accessories Accessories Accessories Accessories I/O shield Application CDs Application CDs Application CDs Application CDs Application CDs ASUS motherboard support CD Documentation Documentation Documentation Documentation Documentation User guide If any of the above items is damaged or missing, contact your retailer. 1.3 Special features 1.3.1 1.3.1 1.3.1 1.3.1 1.3.1 Product highlights Product highlights Product highlights Product highlights Product highlights Latest processor technology Latest processor technology Latest processor technology Latest processor technology Latest processor technology The motherboard comes with a 775-pin surface mount Land Grid Array (LGA) socket designed for the Intel î Pentium î 4 processor in the 775-land package. The motherboard supports the Intel î Pentium î 4 processor with 800 MHz Front Side Bus (FSB), and core speed of up to 3.8 GHz. The motherboard also supports the Intel î Hyper-Threading Technology and is fully compatible with Intel î 05B/05A and 04B/04A processors. See page 1-8 for details.
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 64-bit CPU support 64-bit CPU support 64-bit CPU support 64-bit CPU support 64-bit CPU support 64-bit computing, the next generation technology to replace current 32-bit architecture, delivers advanced system performance, faster memory access and increased productivity. This motherboard provides excellent compatibility and flexibility by supporting either 64-bit or 32-bit architecture. Dual-Core CPU Dual-Core CPU Dual-Core CPU Dual-Core CPU Dual-Core CPU Enjoy the extraordinary CPU power from the latest dual-core CPU. The advanced processing technology contains two physical CPU cores with individually dedicated L2 cache to satisfy the rising demand for more powerful processing capability. AGP 8X support AGP 8X support AGP 8X support AGP 8X support AGP 8X support The AGP 8X (AGP 3.0) VGA interface specification enables enhanced graphics performance with high bandwidth speeds up to 2.12 GB/s. Serial ATA II technology Serial ATA II technology Serial ATA II technology Serial ATA II technology Serial ATA II technology The motherboard supports the Serial ATA II technology through the Serial ATA interfaces and the VIA VT8251 chipset. The SATA specification allows for thinner, more flexible cables with lower pin count, reduced voltage requirement, and up to 300 MB/s data transfer rate. See page 1-28 for details. Onboard RAID solution Onboard RAID solution Onboard RAID solution Onboard RAID solution Onboard RAID solution The onboard VIA VT8251 chipset allows RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 0 1 and JBOD configuration for four SATA connectors. Refer to page 3-7~3-12 for details. USB 2.0 technology USB 2.0 technology USB 2.0 technology USB 2.0 technology USB 2.0 technology The motherboard implements the Universal Serial Bus (USB) 2.0 specification, dramatically increasing the connection speed from the 12 Mbps bandwidth on USB 1.1 to a fast 480 Mbps on USB 2.0. USB 2.0 is backward compatible with USB 1.1. See page 1-24, 1-26, 1-31 for details.
1-4 1-4 1-4 1-4 1-4 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.3.2 1.3.2 1.3.2 1.3.2 1.3.2 Innovative ASUS features Innovative ASUS features Innovative ASUS features Innovative ASUS features Innovative ASUS features CrashFree BIOS 2 CrashFree BIOS 2 CrashFree BIOS 2 CrashFree BIOS 2 CrashFree BIOS 2 This feature allows you to restore the original BIOS data from the support CD in case when the BIOS codes and data are corrupted. This protection eliminates the need to buy a replacement ROM chip. See details on page 2-6. ASUS EZ Flash BIOS ASUS EZ Flash BIOS ASUS EZ Flash BIOS ASUS EZ Flash BIOS ASUS EZ Flash BIOS With the ASUS EZ Flash, you can easily update the system BIOS even before loading the operating system. No need to use a DOS-based utility or boot from a floppy disk. See page 2-3 for details. ASUS Q-Fan technology ASUS Q-Fan technology ASUS Q-Fan technology ASUS Q-Fan technology ASUS Q-Fan technology The ASUS Q-Fan technology smartly adjusts the CPU fan speed according to the system loading to ensure quiet, cool, and efficient operation. See page 2-30 for deails. AUDIO CODEC The Realtek ALC653 is an ACâÂÂ97 CODEC that allows 6-channel audio playback. The audio CODEC provides six DAC channels for 5.1 surround sound, AUX, and Line In stereo inputs.
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 1-5 1-5 1-5 1-5 1-5 Onboard LED Onboard LED Onboard LED Onboard LED Onboard LED The motherboard comes with a standby power LED that lights up to indicate that the system is ON, in sleep mode, or in soft-off mode. This is a reminder that you should shut down the system and unplug the power cable before removing or plugging in any motherboard component. The illustration below shows the location of the onboard LED. 1.4 Before you proceed Take note of the following precautions before you install motherboard components or change any motherboard settings. ⢠Unplug the power cord from the wall socket before touching any component. ⢠Use a grounded wrist strap or touch a safely grounded object or to a metal object, such as the power supply case, before handling components to avoid damaging them due to static electricity ⢠Hold components by the edges to avoid touching the ICs on them. ⢠Whenever you uninstall any component, place it on a grounded antistatic pad or in the bag that came with the component. ⢠Before you install or remove any component, ensure Before you install or remove any component, ensure Before you install or remove any component, ensure Before you install or remove any component, ensure Before you install or remove any component, ensure that the ATX power supply is switched off or the that the ATX power supply is switched off or the that the ATX power supply is switched off or the that the ATX power supply is switched off or the that the ATX power supply is switched off or the power cord is detached from the power supply. power cord is detached from the power supply. power cord is detached from the power supply. power cord is detached from the power supply. power cord is detached from the power supply. Failure to do so may cause severe damage to the motherboard, peripherals, and/or components. P5VDC-MX î P5VDC-MX Onboard LED SB_PWR ON Standby Power OFF Powere d Off
1-6 1-6 1-6 1-6 1-6 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction P5VDC-MX î 1.5 Motherboard overview Before you install the motherboard, study the configuration of your chassis to ensure that the motherboard fits into it. Make sure to unplug the power cord before installing or removing the motherboard. Failure to do so can cause you physical injury and damage motherboard components. Do not overtighten the screws! Doing so can damage the motherboard. 1.5.1 1.5.1 1.5.1 1.5.1 1.5.1 Placement direction Placement direction Placement direction Placement direction Placement direction When installing the motherboard, make sure that you place it into the chassis in the correct orientation. The edge with external ports goes to the rear part of the chassis as indicated in the image below. 1.5.2 1.5.2 1.5.2 1.5.2 1.5.2 Screw holes Screw holes Screw holes Screw holes Screw holes Place eight (8) screws into the holes indicated by circles to secure the motherboard to the chassis. Place this side towards Place this side towards Place this side towards Place this side towards Place this side towards the rear of the chassis the rear of the chassis the rear of the chassis the rear of the chassis the rear of the chassis
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 1-7 1-7 1-7 1-7 1-7 1.5.3 1.5.3 1.5.3 1.5.3 1.5.3 Motherboard layout Motherboard layout Motherboard layout Motherboard layout Motherboard layout 24.5cm (9.6in) PCI1 P5VDC-MX 4Mb BIOS ALC653 USBPW56 USBPW78 CHA_FAN USB56 24.5cm (9.6in) PCI2 AGP P ANEL A TX12V CPU_FAN Super I/O FP_AUDIO DDR_2 (64 bit,184-pin module) EA TXPWR S ATA 3 FLOPPY CR2032 3V Lithium Cell CMOS Power VIA VT8251 VIA P4M800 PRO PCIEX1 PS/2KBMS T : Mouse B: K eyboard Below:Mic In Center:Line Out T op:Line In USB34 LAN_USB12 COM1 P ARALLEL PORT VGA DDR_1 (64 bit,184-pin module) S ATA 4 S ATA 1 S ATA 2 PRI_IDE USB78 USBPW12 USBPW34 KBPWR AUX1 CD1 CLRTC SB_PWR SPDIF_OUT CHASSIS RTL8201CL î LGA775 GAME DDR2_2 (64 bit,240-pin module) DDR2_1 (64 bit,240-pin module) SEC_IDE
1-8 1-8 1-8 1-8 1-8 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.6.1 1.6.1 1.6.1 1.6.1 1.6.1 Installling the CPU Installling the CPU Installling the CPU Installling the CPU Installling the CPU To install a CPU: 1. Locate the CPU socket on the motherboard. 1.6 Central Processing Unit (CPU) The motherboard comes with a surface mount LGA775 socket designed for the Intel î Pentium î 4/Intel î Pentium î D processor in the 775-land package. ⢠Your boxed Intel î Pentium î 4 LGA775 processor package should come with installation instructions for the CPU, fan and heatsink assembly. If the instructions in this section do not match the CPU documentation, follow the latter. ⢠Upon purchase of the motherboard, make sure that the PnP cap is on the socket and the socket pins are not bent. Contact your retailer immediately if the PnP cap is missing, or if you see any damage to the PnP cap/socket pins/motherboard components. ASUS will shoulder the cost of repair only if the damage is shipment/ transit-related. ⢠Keep the cap after installing the motherboard. ASUS will process Return Merchandise Authorization (RMA) requests only if the motherboard comes with the cap on the LGA775 socket. ⢠The product warranty does not cover damage to the socket pins resulting from incorrect CPU installation/removal, or misplacement/ loss/incorrect removal of the PnP cap. Before installing the CPU, make sure that the socket box is facing towards you and the load lever is on your left. P5VDC-MX î P5VDC-MX CPU Socket 775 ⢠Due to chipset limitation.The motherboard does not support Enhanced Intel SpeedStep technology, C1E and TM2 technology. ⢠This motherboard does not support Intel î Pentium î Processor Extreme Edition.
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 1-9 1-9 1-9 1-9 1-9 3. Lift the load lever in the direction of the arrow to a 135ú angle. 4. Lift the load plate with your thumb and forefinger to a 100ú angle (A), then push the PnP cap from the load plate window to remove (B). To prevent damage to the socket pins, do not remove the PnP cap unless you are installing a CPU. 5. Position the CPU over the socket, making sure that the gold triangle is on the bottom-left corner of the socket. The socket alignment key should fit into the CPU notch. 2. Press the load lever with your thumb (A) and move it to the left (B) until it is released from the retention tab. Retention tab Retention tab Retention tab Retention tab Retention tab Load lever Load lever Load lever Load lever Load lever This side of the cam This side of the cam This side of the cam This side of the cam This side of the cam box should face you. box should face you. box should face you. box should face you. box should face you. PnP Cap PnP Cap PnP Cap PnP Cap PnP Cap A B Load plate Load plate Load plate Load plate Load plate A B Alignment key Alignment key Alignment key Alignment key Alignment key Gold triangle mark Gold triangle mark Gold triangle mark Gold triangle mark Gold triangle mark
1-10 1-10 1-10 1-10 1-10 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction The CPU fits in only one correct orientation. DO NOT force the CPU into the socket to prevent bending the connectors on the socket and damaging the CPU! 6. Close the load plate (A), then push the load lever (B) until it snaps into the retention tab. Notes on Intel Notes on Intel Notes on Intel Notes on Intel Notes on Intel î Hyper-Threading Technology Hyper-Threading Technology Hyper-Threading Technology Hyper-Threading Technology Hyper-Threading Technology ⢠This motherboard supports Intel î Pentium î 4 CPUs in the 775-land package with Hyper-Threading Technology. ⢠Hyper-Threading Technology is supported under Windows î XP/2003 Server and Linux 1.7.x (kernel) and later versions only. Under Linux, use the Hyper-Threading compiler to compile the code. If you are using any other operating systems, disable the Hyper-Threading Technology item in the BIOS to ensure system stability and performance. ⢠Installing Windows î XP Service Pack 1 or later version is recommended. ⢠Make sure to enable the Hyper-Threading Technology item in BIOS before installing a supported operating system. ⢠For more information on Hyper-Threading Technology, visit www.intel.com/info/hyperthreading. To use the Hyper-Threading Technology on this motherboard: 1. Install an Intel î Pentium î 4 CPU in the 775-land package that supports Hyper-Threading Technology. 2. Power up the system and enter the BIOS Setup (see Chapter 2: BIOS setup). Under the Advanced Menu, make sure that the item Hyper-Threading Technology is set to Enabled. The item appears only if you installed a CPU that supports Hyper-Threading Technology. 3. Reboot the computer. A B
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 1-11 1-11 1-11 1-11 1-11 1.6.2 1.6.2 1.6.2 1.6.2 1.6.2 Installling the CPU heatsink and fan Installling the CPU heatsink and fan Installling the CPU heatsink and fan Installling the CPU heatsink and fan Installling the CPU heatsink and fan The Intel î Pentium î 4/Pentium î D LGA775 processor requires a specially designed heatsink and fan assembly to ensure optimum thermal condition and performance. ⢠Install the motherboard to the chassis before you install the CPU fan and heatsink assembly ⢠When you buy a boxed Intel î Pentium î 4 processor, the package includes the CPU fan and heatsink assembly. If you buy a CPU separately, make sure that you use only Intel î -certified multi-directional heatsink and fan. ⢠Your Intel î Pentium î 4 LGA775 heatsink and fan assembly comes in a push-pin design and requires no tool to install. If you purchased a separate CPU heatsink and fan assembly, make sure that a Thermal Interface Material is properly applied to the CPU heatsink or CPU before you install the heatsink and fan assembly. To install the CPU heatsink and fan: 1. Place the heatsink on top of the installed CPU, making sure that the four fasteners match the holes on the motherboard. Fastener Fastener Fastener Fastener Fastener Motherboard hole Motherboard hole Motherboard hole Motherboard hole Motherboard hole Make sure each fastener is oriented as shown, with the narrow groove directed outward.
1-12 1-12 1-12 1-12 1-12 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction P5VDC-MX î P5VDC-MX CPU fan connector CPU_F AN GND CPU F AN PWR CPU F AN IN CPU F AN PWM Do not forget to connect the CPU fan connector! Hardware monitoring errors can occur if you fail to plug this connector. 3. When the fan and heatsink assembly is in place, connect the CPU fan cable to the connector on the motherboard labeled CPU_FAN. 2. Push down two fasteners at a time in a diagonal sequence to secure the heatsink and fan assembly in place. A A B B B B A A
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 1-13 1-13 1-13 1-13 1-13 1.6.3 1.6.3 1.6.3 1.6.3 1.6.3 Uninstalling the CPU heatsink and fan Uninstalling the CPU heatsink and fan Uninstalling the CPU heatsink and fan Uninstalling the CPU heatsink and fan Uninstalling the CPU heatsink and fan To uninstall the CPU heatsink and fan: 1. Disconnect the CPU fan cable from the connector on the motherboard labeled CPU_FAN. 2. Rotate each fastener counterclockwise. 3. Pull up two fasteners at a time in a diagonal sequence to disengage the heatsink and fan assembly from the motherboard. A A B B B B A A
1-14 1-14 1-14 1-14 1-14 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 4. Remove the heatsink and fan assembly from the motherboard. 5. Rotate each fastener clockwise to reset the orientation. The narrow end of the groove should point outward after resetting. (The photo shows the groove shaded for emphasis.) Narrow end of the groove Narrow end of the groove Narrow end of the groove Narrow end of the groove Narrow end of the groove
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 1-15 1-15 1-15 1-15 1-15 1.7 System memory 1.7.1 1.7.1 1.7.1 1.7.1 1.7.1 Overview Overview Overview Overview Overview The motherboard comes with two 240-pin Double Data Rate (DDR2) and two 184-pin DDR Dual Inline Memory Modules (DIMM) sockets. DDR2 DIMMS are notched differently to prevent installation on a DDR DIMM socket. The following figure illustrates the location of the sockets: ⢠To prevent damage to the motherboard, do not use DDR and do not use DDR and do not use DDR and do not use DDR and do not use DDR and DDR2 memory simultaneously. DDR2 memory simultaneously. DDR2 memory simultaneously. DDR2 memory simultaneously. DDR2 memory simultaneously. ⢠Due to chipset resource allocation, the system may detect less than 2 GB system memory when you installed two 1 GB DDR2 or DDR memory modules. Color Color Color Color Color Sockets Sockets Sockets Sockets Sockets Blue DDR_1 and DDR_2 Yellow DDR2_1 and DDR2_2 P5VDC-MX î P5VDC-MX DDR DIMM sockets DDR2_ 1 DDR2_ 2 DDR_ 1 DDR_ 2 1.7.2 1.7.2 1.7.2 1.7.2 1.7.2 Memory Configurations Memory Configurations Memory Configurations Memory Configurations Memory Configurations You may install 256MB, 512MB, and 1 GB unbuffered non-ECC DDR/DDR2 DIMMs into the DIMM sockets.
1-16 1-16 1-16 1-16 1-16 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction DDR2-533 Qualified Vendors List DDR2-533 Qualified Vendors List DDR2-533 Qualified Vendors List DDR2-533 Qualified Vendors List DDR2-533 Qualified Vendors List Legend: Legend: Legend: Legend: Legend: A A A A A - supports one module inserted in any yellow yellow yellow yellow yellow slot. B B B B B - supports one pair of modules inserted into both of the yellow yellow yellow yellow yellow slots. SS SS SS SS S S - Single-sided DS DS DS DS D S - Double-sided DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support Size Size Size Size Size Vendor Vendor Vendor Vendor Vendor Model Model Model Model Model Brand Side(s) Component Brand Side(s) Component Brand Side(s) Component Brand Side(s) Component Brand Side(s) Component A A A A A B B B B B 256MB KINGSTON E5116AB-5C-E N/A SS KVR533D2N4/256 V V 512MB KINGSTON HY5PS56821F-C4 N/A DS KVR533D2N4/512 V V 1024MB KINGSTON D6408TE7BL-37 N/A DS KVR533D2N4/1G V V 512MB SAMSUNG K4T51083QB-GCD5 N/A SS M378T6553BG0-CD5 V V 256MB SAMSUNG K4T56083QF-GCD5 N/A SS M378T3253FG0-CD5 V V 512MB SAMSUNG K4T56083QF-GCD5 N/A DS M378T6453FG0-CD5 V V 1024MB SAMSUNG K4T51083QB-GCD5 N/A DS M378T2953BG0-CD5 V V 512MB MICRON 4FBIID9BQM N/A DS MT16HTF6464AG-53EB2 V 256MB MICRON 4DBIIZ9BQT N/A SS N/A V V 256MB MICRON 4FBIID9CHM N/A SS MT8HTF3264AY-53EB3 V V 512MB MICRON 4FBIID9CHM N/A DS MT16HTF6464AY-53EB2 V V 512MB Infineon HYB18T512800AC37 N/A SS HYS64T64000GU-3.7-A V V 256MB Infineon HYB18T512160AF-3.7 N/A SS HYS64T32000HU-3.7-A V V 512MB Infineon HYB18T512800AF37 N/A SS HYS64T64000HU-3.7-A V V 256MB Infineon HYB18T512800AF37 N/A DS HYS64T128020HU-3.7-A V V 256MB Infineon HYB18T5121608BF-3.7 N/A SS HYS64T32000HU-3.7-B V V 512MB Infineon HYB18T512800BF37 N/A SS HYS64T64000HU-3.7-B V V 1024MB Infineon HYB18T512800BF37 N/A DS HYS64T128020HU-3.7-B V V 512MB Hynix HY5PS12821F-C4 N/A SS HYMP564U648-C4 V V 1024MB Hynix HY5PS12821F-C4 N/A DS HYMP512U648-C4 V V 1024MB Hynix HY5PS12821FP-C4 N/A DS HYMP512U648-C4 V V 512MB Hynix HY5PS12821AFP-C3 N/A SS HYMP564U64AP8-C3 V V 1024MB Hynix HY5PS12821AFP-C3 N/A DS HYMP512U64AP8-C3 V V 512MB ELPIDA E5108AB-5C-E N/A SS EBE51UD8ABFA-5C V V 512MB ELPIDA E5108AB-5C-E N/A SS EBE51UD8ABFA-5C-E V V 1024MB ELPIDA E5108AB-5C-E N/A DS EBE11UD8ABFA-5C-E V V 2048MB ELPIDA E1108AA-5C-E N/A DS EBE21EE8AAFA-5C-E V 256MB CORSAIR MIII0051832M8CEC N/A SS VS256MB533D2 V V 512MB CORSAIR MI110052432M8CEC N/A DS VS512MB533D2 V V 256MB Apacer E5116AB-5C-E N/A SS 78.81077.420 V V 256MB crucial Heat-Sink Package N/A SS BL3264AA53V.8FB V V 512MB crucial Heat-Sink Package N/A DS BL6464AA53V.16FB V V 256MB KINGMAX K4T56083QF-GCD5 N/A SS KLBB68K-38SP4 V V 1024MB KINGMAX E5108AB-5C-E N/A DS KLBD48F-A8EP4 V V 512MB KINGMAX E5108AB-5C-E N/A SS KLBC28F-A8EP4 V 512MB KINGMAX KKEA88A4IA-37 N/A SS KLBC28F-A8KP4 V V 256MB KINGMAX E5116AB-5C-E N/A SS KLBB68F-36EP4 V V 512MB KINGMAX E5108AE-5C-E N/A SS KLBC28F-A8EB4 V V 512MB Transcend K4T51083QB-GCD5 N/A SS TS64MLQ64V5J V 1024MB Transcend K4T51083QB-GCD5 N/A DS TS128MLQ64V5J V V 1.7.3 1.7.3 1.7.3 1.7.3 1.7.3 DDR Qualified Vendors List DDR Qualified Vendors List DDR Qualified Vendors List DDR Qualified Vendors List DDR Qualified Vendors List Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) for the latest DDR DIMM modules for this motherboard.
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 1-17 1-17 1-17 1-17 1-17 DDR400 Qualified Vendors List DDR400 Qualified Vendors List DDR400 Qualified Vendors List DDR400 Qualified Vendors List DDR400 Qualified Vendors List DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support Size Size Size Size Size Vendor Vendor Vendor Vendor Vendor Model Model Model Model Model Brand Brand Brand Brand Brand Side(s) Side(s) Side(s) Side(s) Side(s) Component Component Component Component Component A A A A A B B B B B 512MB KINGSTON Heat-Sink Package N/A DS KHX3200A/512 V V 256MB KINGSTON D3208DL3T-5A N/A SS KVR400X64C3A/256 V V 256MB KINGSTON A2S56D30BTP N/A SS KVR400X64C3A/256 V 512MB KINGSTON V58C2256804SAT5 N/A DS KVR400X64C3A/512 V V 512MB KINGSTON HY5DU12822BT-D43 N/A SS KVR400X64C3A/512 V V 1024MB KINGSTON HYB25D512800BE-5B N/A DS KVR400X64C3A/1G V V 256MB SAMSUNG K4H560838E-TCCC SAMSUNG SS M368L3223ETM-CCC V V 256MB SAMSUNG K4H560838F-TCCC SAMSUNG SS M368L3223FTN-CCC V 512MB SAMSUNG K4H560838F-TCCC SAMSUNG DS M368L6423FTN-CCC V V 512MB SAMSUNG K4H510838B-TCCC SAMSUNG SS M368L6523BTM-CCC V V 256MB MICRON MT46V32M8TG-5BC MICRON SS MT8VDDT3264AG-40BCB V 512MB MICRON MT46V32M8TG-5BC MICRON DS MT16VDDT6464AG-40BCB V V 256MB Infineon HYB25D256800CE-5C Infineon SS HYS64D32300HU-5-C V V 512MB Infineon HYB25D256800CE-5C Infineon DS HYS64D64320HU-5-C V V 256MB Infineon HYB25D512160CE-5C Infineon SS HYS64D32301HU-5-C V V 512MB Infineon HYB25D512800CE-5C Infineon SS HYS64D64300HU-5-C V 1024MB Infineon HYB25D512800CE-5B Infineon DS HYS64D128320HU-5-C V V 256MB CORSAIR W942508BH-5 N/A SS CMX256A-3200C2PT V V 512MB CORSAIR Heat-Sink Package N/A DS CMX512-3200C2 V V 512MB CORSAIR VS32M8-5 N/A DS VS512MB400 V V 512MB CORSAIR Heat-Sink Package N/A DS CMXP512-3200XL V 1024MB CORSAIR Heat-Sink Package N/A DS TWINX2048-3200C2 V V 256MB Hynix HY5DU56822DT-D43 N/A SS HYMD232646D8J-D43 V V 512MB Hynix HY5DU56822DT-D43 N/A DS HYMD264646D8J-D43 V 256MB Transcend K4H560838F-TCCC SAMSUNG SS TS32MLD64V4F3 V V 512MB Transcend K4H560838F-TCCC SAMSUNG DS TS64MLD64V4F3 V 1024MB Transcend K4H510838B-TCCC SAMSUNG DS TS128MLD64V4J V V 256MB A DATA K4H560838E-TCCC SAMSUNG SS MDOSS6F3G31Y0K1E0Z V V 512MB A DATA K4H560838F-TCCC SAMSUNG DS MDOSS6F3H41Y0N1E0Z V V 256MB A DATA HY5DU56822CT-D43 Hynix SS MDOHY6F3G31Y0N1E0Z V V 512MB A DATA HY5DU56822CT-D43 Hynix DS MDOHY6F3H41Y0N1E0Z V V 256MB A DATA ADD8608A8A-5B N/A SS MDOAD5F3G31Y0D1E02 V 512MB A DATA ADD8608A8A-5B N/A DS MDOAD5F3H41Y0D1E02 V 256MB KINGMAX KDL388P4LA-50 N/A SS MPXB62D-38KT3R V V 256MB crucial Heat-Sink Package Ballistix SS BL3264Z402.8TG V V Legend: Legend: Legend: Legend: Legend: A A A A A - supports one module inserted in any blue blue blue blue blue slot. B B B B B - supports one pair of modules inserted into both of the blue blue blue blue blue slots. SS SS SS SS S S - Single-sided DS DS DS DS D S - Double-sided
1-18 1-18 1-18 1-18 1-18 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.7.4 1.7.4 1.7.4 1.7.4 1.7.4 Installing a DDR DIMM(blue slots) Installing a DDR DIMM(blue slots) Installing a DDR DIMM(blue slots) Installing a DDR DIMM(blue slots) Installing a DDR DIMM(blue slots) 1.7.5 1.7.5 1.7.5 1.7.5 1.7.5 Removing a DDR DIMM Removing a DDR DIMM Removing a DDR DIMM Removing a DDR DIMM Removing a DDR DIMM Follow these steps to remove a DIMM. 1. Simultaneously press the retaining clips outward to unlock the DIMM. 2. Remove the DIMM from the socket. Support the DIMM lightly with your fingers when pressing the retaining clips. The DIMM might get damaged when it flips out with extra force. 3. Firmly insert the DIMM into the socket until the retaining clips snap back in place and the DIMM is properly seated. 1. Unlock a DIMM socket by pressing the retaining clips outward. 2. Align a DIMM on the socket such that the notch on the DIMM matches the break on the socket. Locked Retaining Clip Locked Retaining Clip Locked Retaining Clip Locked Retaining Clip Locked Retaining Clip Make sure to unplug the power supply before adding or removing DIMMs or other system components. Failure to do so may cause severe damage to both the motherboard and the components. A DDR DIMM is keyed with a notch so that it fits in only one direction. DO NOT force a DIMM into a socket to avoid damaging the DIMM. Unlocked retaining clip Unlocked retaining clip Unlocked retaining clip Unlocked retaining clip Unlocked retaining clip DDR DIMM notch DDR DIMM notch DDR DIMM notch DDR DIMM notch DDR DIMM notch 1 2 1 DDR DIMM notch DDR DIMM notch DDR DIMM notch DDR DIMM notch DDR DIMM notch 1 2 1
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 1-19 1-19 1-19 1-19 1-19 1.7.7 1.7.7 1.7.7 1.7.7 1.7.7 Removing a DDR2 DIMM Removing a DDR2 DIMM Removing a DDR2 DIMM Removing a DDR2 DIMM Removing a DDR2 DIMM Follow these steps to remove a DIMM. 1. Simultaneously press the retaining clips outward to unlock the DIMM. 2. Remove the DIMM from the socket. ⢠A DDR2 DIMM is keyed with a notch so that it fits in only one direction. Do not force a DIMM into a socket to avoid damaging the DIMM. ⢠The DDR2 DIMM sockets do not support DDR DIMMs. Do not install DDR DIMMs to the DDR2 DIMM sockets. Support the DIMM lightly with your fingers when pressing the retaining clips. The DIMM might get damaged when it flips out with extra force. DDR2 DIMM notch DDR2 DIMM notch DDR2 DIMM notch DDR2 DIMM notch DDR2 DIMM notch 1 2 1 1.7.6 1.7.6 1.7.6 1.7.6 1.7.6 Installing a DDR2 DIMM(yellow slots) Installing a DDR2 DIMM(yellow slots) Installing a DDR2 DIMM(yellow slots) Installing a DDR2 DIMM(yellow slots) Installing a DDR2 DIMM(yellow slots) Unplug the power supply before adding or removing DIMMs or other system components. Failure to do so can cause severe damage to both the motherboard and the components. To install a DIMM: 1. Unlock a DIMM socket by pressing the retaining clips outward. 2. Align a DIMM on the socket such that the notch on the DIMM matches the break on the socket. 3. Firmly insert the DIMM into the socket until the retaining clips snap back in place and the DIMM is properly seated. Unlocked retaining Unlocked retaining Unlocked retaining Unlocked retaining Unlocked retaining DDR2 DIMM DDR2 DIMM DDR2 DIMM DDR2 DIMM DDR2 DIMM 1 2 3
1-20 1-20 1-20 1-20 1-20 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.8 Expansion slots In the future, you may need to install expansion cards. The following sub-sections describe the slots and the expansion cards that they support. 1.8.1 1.8.1 1.8.1 1.8.1 1.8.1 Installing an expansion card Installing an expansion card Installing an expansion card Installing an expansion card Installing an expansion card To install an expansion card: 1. Before installing the expansion card, read the documentation that came with it and make the necessary hardware settings for the card. 2. Remove the system unit cover (if your motherboard is already installed in a chassis). 3. Remove the bracket opposite the slot that you intend to use. Keep the screw for later use. 4. Align the card connector with the slot and press firmly until the card is completely seated on the slot. 5. Secure the card to the chassis with the screw you removed earlier. 6. Replace the system cover. 1.8.2 1.8.2 1.8.2 1.8.2 1.8.2 Configuring an expansion card Configuring an expansion card Configuring an expansion card Configuring an expansion card Configuring an expansion card After installing the expansion card, configure it by adjusting the software settings. 1. Turn on the system and change the necessary BIOS settings, if any. See Chapter 2 for information on BIOS setup. 2. Assign an IRQ to the card. Refer to the tables on the next page. 3. Install the software drivers for the expansion card. Make sure to unplug the power cord before adding or removing expansion cards. Failure to do so may cause you physical injury and damage motherboard components.
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 1-21 1-21 1-21 1-21 1-21 1.8.3 1.8.3 1.8.3 1.8.3 1.8.3 Interrupt assignments Interrupt assignments Interrupt assignments Interrupt assignments Interrupt assignments Standard interrupt assignments Standard interrupt assignments Standard interrupt assignments Standard interrupt assignments Standard interrupt assignments IRQ IRQ IRQ IRQ IRQ Priority Priority Priority Priority Priority Standard Function Standard Function Standard Function Standard Function Standard Function 0 1 System Timer 1 2 Keyboard Controller 2 ⢠Re-direct to IRQ#9 4 12 Communications Port (COM)* 5 13 IRQ holder for PCI steering* 6 14 Floppy Disk Controller 7 15 Printer Port (LPT1)* 8 3 System CMOS/Real Time Clock 9 4 IRQ holder for PCI steering* 10 5 IRQ holder for PCI steering* 11 6 PCI-E x1 12 7 PS/2 Compatible Mouse Port* 13 8 Numeric Data Processor 14 9 Primary IDE Channel 15 10 Secondary IDE Channel * These IRQs are usually available for ISA or PCI devices. IRQ assignments for this motherboard IRQ assignments for this motherboard IRQ assignments for this motherboard IRQ assignments for this motherboard IRQ assignments for this motherboard A A A A A B B B B B C C C C C D D D D D PCI slot 1 â shared â â PCI slot 2 â â shared â PCIe x1 slot* Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed AGP 8X slot shared â â â Onboard USB controller 1 shared â â â Onboard USB controller 2 â â shared â Onboard USB controller 3 â shared â â Onboard USB controller 4 â â â shared Onboard USB 2.0 controller â â shared â Onboard LAN shared â â â Onboard audio â shared â â Onboard VGA shared â â â When using PCI cards on shared slots, ensure that the drivers support âÂÂShare IRQâ or that the cards do not need IRQ assignments. Otherwise, conflicts will arise between the two PCI groups, making the system unstable and the card inoperable. * The PCIe x1 slot does not need IRQ assignment.
1-22 1-22 1-22 1-22 1-22 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.8.4 1.8.4 1.8.4 1.8.4 1.8.4 PCI slots PCI slots PCI slots PCI slots PCI slots The PCI slots support cards such as a LAN card, SCSI card, USB card, and other cards that comply with PCI specifications. The figure shows a LAN card installed on a PCI slot. 1.8.6 1.8.6 1.8.6 1.8.6 1.8.6 AGP slot AGP slot AGP slot AGP slot AGP slot The Accelerated Graphics Port (AGP) slot supports AGP8X/4X cards. When you buy an AGP card, make sure that you ask for one with 1.5V specification. Note the notches on the card golden fingers to ensure that they fit the AGP slot on your motherboard. Install only 1.5 V or 0.8 V AGP cards on this motherboard! 3.3V AGP cards are not supported in this motherboard. P5VDC-MX î P5VDC-MX Accelerated Graphics Port (AGP) Keyed for 1.5v 1.8.5 1.8.5 1.8.5 1.8.5 1.8.5 PCI Express x1 slot PCI Express x1 slot PCI Express x1 slot PCI Express x1 slot PCI Express x1 slot This motherboard supports PCI Express x1 network cards, SCSI cards and other cards that comply with the PCI Express specifications. The figure shows a network card installed on the PCI Express x1 slot.
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 1-23 1-23 1-23 1-23 1-23 1.9 Jumpers 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC) Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC) Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC) Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC) Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC) This jumper allows you to clear the Real Time Clock (RTC) RAM in CMOS. You can clear the CMOS memory of date, time, and system setup parameters by erasing the CMOS RTC RAM data. The onboard button cell battery powers the RAM data in CMOS, which include system setup information such as system passwords. To erase the RTC RAM: 1. Turn OFF the computer and unplug the power cord. 2. Remove the onboard battery. 3. Move the jumper cap from pins 1-2 (default) to pins 2-3. Keep the cap on pins 2-3 for about 5~10 seconds, then move the cap back to pins 1-2. 4. Re-install the battery. 5. Plug the power cord and turn ON the computer. 6. Hold down the <Del> key during the boot process and enter BIOS setup to re-enter data. Except when clearing the RTC RAM, never remove the cap on CLRTC jumper default position. Removing the cap will cause system boot failure! You do not need to clear the RTC when the system hangs due to overclocking. For system failure due to overclocking, use the C.P.R. (CPU Parameter Recall) feature. Shut down and reboot the system so the BIOS can automatically reset parameter settings to default values. P5VDC-MX î P5VDC-MX Clear RTC RAM CLRTC Normal CLEA R (Default) 12 23
1-24 1-24 1-24 1-24 1-24 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. Keyboard power (3-pin KBPWR) Keyboard power (3-pin KBPWR) Keyboard power (3-pin KBPWR) Keyboard power (3-pin KBPWR) Keyboard power (3-pin KBPWR) This jumper allows you to enable or disable the keyboard wake-up feature. Set this jumper to pins 2-3 ( 5VSB) to wake up the computer when you press a key on the keyboard (the default is the Space Bar). This feature requires an ATX power supply that can supply at least 1A on the 5VSB lead, and a corresponding setting in the BIOS. P5VDC-MX î P5VDC-MX Keyboard power setting (Default) 5V 5VSB KBPWR 23 12 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. USB device wake-up (3-pin USBPW12, USBPW34, USB device wake-up (3-pin USBPW12, USBPW34, USB device wake-up (3-pin USBPW12, USBPW34, USB device wake-up (3-pin USBPW12, USBPW34, USB device wake-up (3-pin USBPW12, USBPW34, USBPW56, USBPW78) USBPW56, USBPW78) USBPW56, USBPW78) USBPW56, USBPW78) USBPW56, USBPW78) Set these jumpers to 5V to wake up the computer from S1 sleep mode (CPU stopped, DRAM refreshed, system running in low power mode) using the connected USB devices. Set to 5VSB to wake up from S3 and S4 sleep modes (no power to CPU, DRAM in slow refresh, power supply in reduced power mode). The USBPWR12 and USBPWR34 jumpers are for the rear USB ports. The USBPWR56 and USBPWR78 jumpers are for the internal USB connectors that you can connect to additional USB ports. ⢠The USB device wake-up feature requires a power supply that can provide 500mA on the 5VSB lead for each USB port; otherwise, the system would not power up. ⢠The total current consumed must NOT exceed the power supply capability ( 5VSB) whether under normal condition or in sleep mode. P5VDC-MX î P5VDC-MX USB device wake-up 3 2 2 1 5V (Default) 5VS B USBPW12 USBPW34 3 2 2 1 5V (Default) 5VS B USBPW56 USBPW78
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 1-25 1-25 1-25 1-25 1-25 1.10 Connectors 1.10.1 1.10.1 1.10.1 1.10.1 1.10.1 Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. PS/2 mouse port (green). PS/2 mouse port (green). PS/2 mouse port (green). PS/2 mouse port (green). PS/2 mouse port (green). This port is for a PS/2 mouse. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. Parallel port. Parallel port. Parallel port. Parallel port. Parallel port. This 25-pin port connects a parallel printer, a scanner, or other devices. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. LAN (RJ-45) port. LAN (RJ-45) port. LAN (RJ-45) port. LAN (RJ-45) port. LAN (RJ-45) port. This port allows connection to a Local Area Network (LAN) through a network hub. 1 11 7 2 3 10 4 5 6 9 8 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. Line In port (light blue). Line In port (light blue). Line In port (light blue). Line In port (light blue). Line In port (light blue). This port connects a tape, CD, DVD player, or other audio sources. In 4-channel and 6-channel configuration, the function of this port becomes Rear Speaker Out. 5. 5. 5. 5. 5. Line Out port (lime). Line Out port (lime). Line Out port (lime). Line Out port (lime). Line Out port (lime). This port connects a headphone or a speaker. In 4-channel and 6-channel configuration, the function of this port becomes Front Speaker Out. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. Microphone port (pink). Microphone port (pink). Microphone port (pink). Microphone port (pink). Microphone port (pink). This port connects a microphone. In a 6-channel configuration, the function of this port becomes Bass/ Center Speaker. SPEED LED ACT/LINK LED LAN port LAN port LED indications LAN port LED indications LAN port LED indications LAN port LED indications LAN port LED indications ACT/LINK LED ACT/LINK LED ACT/LINK LED ACT/LINK LED ACT/LINK LED SPEED LED SPEED LED SPEED LED SPEED LED SPEED LED Status Status Status Status Status Description Description Description Description Description Status Status Status Status Status Description Description Description Description Description OFF No link OFF No link ORANGE 100 Linked GREEN 10 Linked BLINKING Data activity BLINKING Data activity
1-26 1-26 1-26 1-26 1-26 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.10.2 1.10.2 1.10.2 1.10.2 1.10.2 Internal connectors Internal connectors Internal connectors Internal connectors Internal connectors 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) This connector is for the provided floppy disk drive (FDD) signal cable. Insert one end of the cable to this connector, then connect the other end to the signal connector at the back of the floppy disk drive. Pin 5 on the connector is removed to prevent incorrect cable connection when using an FDD cable with a covered Pin 5. P5VDC-MX î NOTE: Orient the red markings o n the floppy ribbon cable to PIN 1. P5VDC-MX Floppy disk drive connector FLOPPY PIN 1 Audio 2, 4, or 6-channel configuration Audio 2, 4, or 6-channel configuration Audio 2, 4, or 6-channel configuration Audio 2, 4, or 6-channel configuration Audio 2, 4, or 6-channel configuration Light Blue Line In Rear Speaker Out Rear Speaker Out Lime Line Out Front Speaker Out Front Speaker Out Pink Mic In Mic In Bass/Center Port Port Port Port Port Headset Headset Headset Headset Headset 4-channel 4-channel 4-channel 4-channel 4-channel 6-channel 6-channel 6-channel 6-channel 6-channel 2-channel 2-channel 2-channel 2-channel 2-channel Refer to the audio configuration table for the function of the audio ports in 2, 4, or 6-channel configuration. 7. 7. 7. 7. 7. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2. These two 4-pin Universal Serial Bus (USB) ports are available for connecting USB 2.0 devices. 8. 8. 8. 8. 8. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4. These two 4-pin Universal Serial Bus (USB) ports are available for connecting USB 2.0 devices. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. VGA port. VGA port. VGA port. VGA port. VGA port. This 15-pin VGA port connects to a VGA monitor. 10. 10. 10. 10. 10. Serial connector. Serial connector. Serial connector. Serial connector. Serial connector. This 9-pin COM port is for serial devices. 11. 11. 11. 11. 11. PS/2 keyboard port (purple). PS/2 keyboard port (purple). PS/2 keyboard port (purple). PS/2 keyboard port (purple). PS/2 keyboard port (purple). This port is for a PS/2 keyboard.
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 1-27 1-27 1-27 1-27 1-27 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. Primary/Secondary IDE connector (40-1 pin PRI_IDE, Primary/Secondary IDE connector (40-1 pin PRI_IDE, Primary/Secondary IDE connector (40-1 pin PRI_IDE, Primary/Secondary IDE connector (40-1 pin PRI_IDE, Primary/Secondary IDE connector (40-1 pin PRI_IDE, SEC_IDE) SEC_IDE) SEC_IDE) SEC_IDE) SEC_IDE) The onboard IDE connectors are for Ultra DMA 133/100/66 signal cables. There are three connectors on each Ultra DMA 133/100/66 signal cable: blue, black, and gray. Connect the blue connector to the motherboardâÂÂs IDE connector, and then select one of the following modes to configure your device. P5VDC-MX î P5VDC-MX IDE connectors NOTE: Orient the red marking s (usually zigzag) on the IDE ribbon cable to PIN 1. PIN 1 PRI_IDE SEC_IDE PIN 1 1. Follow the hard disk drive documentation when setting the device in master or slave mode. 2. Pin 20 on each IDE connector is removed to match the covered hole on the UltraATA cable connector. This prevents incorrect orientation when you connect the cables. 3. The hole near the blue connector on the UltraATA cable is intentional. If any device jumper is set as âÂÂCable-Select, â make sure all other device jumpers have the same settng. Drive jumper setting Mode of derve(s) Cable connector Single device Cable-Select or Master - black Cable-Select Master black Slave gray Two devices Master Master black or gray Slave Slave
1-28 1-28 1-28 1-28 1-28 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. Serial ATA connectors (7-pin SATA1, SATA2, SATA3, Serial ATA connectors (7-pin SATA1, SATA2, SATA3, Serial ATA connectors (7-pin SATA1, SATA2, SATA3, Serial ATA connectors (7-pin SATA1, SATA2, SATA3, Serial ATA connectors (7-pin SATA1, SATA2, SATA3, SATA4) SATA4) SATA4) SATA4) SATA4) These connectors are for the Serial ATA signal cables for Serial ATA hard disk drives. If you installed Serial ATA hard disk drives, you can can create a RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 0 1 and JBOD configuration through the onboard VIA VT8251 RAID controller. P5VDC-MX î P5VDC-MX SA T A connectors GND RSAT A_TXP1 RSAT A_TXN1 GND RSAT A_RXP1 RSAT A_RXN1 GND S ATA 1 GND RSAT A_TXP2 RSAT A_TXN2 GND RSAT A_RXP2 RSAT A_RXN2 GND S ATA 2 GND RSAT A_TXP3 RSAT A_TXN3 GND RSAT A_RXP3 RSAT A_RXN3 GND S ATA 3 GND RSAT A_TXP4 RSAT A_TXN4 GND RSAT A_RXP4 RSAT A_RXN4 GND S ATA 4 Important notes on Serial ATA Important notes on Serial ATA Important notes on Serial ATA Important notes on Serial ATA Important notes on Serial ATA ⢠The Serial ATA RAID feature (RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 0 1 and JBOD) is available only if you are using Windows î 2000/2003 Server/XP operation system. ⢠The SATA ports couldnâÂÂt be Book Disk under Windows î 98SE and ME. ⢠Install the Windows î 2000 Service Pack 4, the Windows î XP Service Pack1 or later version before using Serial ATA. ⢠Please refer to section âÂÂVIA RAID Configurationâ for details on SATA RAID configuration. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. Internal audio connectors (4-pin CD, AUX) Internal audio connectors (4-pin CD, AUX) Internal audio connectors (4-pin CD, AUX) Internal audio connectors (4-pin CD, AUX) Internal audio connectors (4-pin CD, AUX) These connectors allow you to receive stereo audio input from sound sources such as a CD-ROM, TV tuner, MPEG card or modem. P5VDC-MX î P5VDC-MX Internal audio connectors CD1 (Black) AUX1 (White) Right Audio Chann el Left Audio Channel Ground Ground Right Audio Channel Left Audio Channel Ground Ground
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 1-29 1-29 1-29 1-29 1-29 5. 5. 5. 5. 5. CPU and Chassis fan connectors CPU and Chassis fan connectors CPU and Chassis fan connectors CPU and Chassis fan connectors CPU and Chassis fan connectors (4-pin CPU_FAN, 3-pin CHA_FAN) (4-pin CPU_FAN, 3-pin CHA_FAN) (4-pin CPU_FAN, 3-pin CHA_FAN) (4-pin CPU_FAN, 3-pin CHA_FAN) (4-pin CPU_FAN, 3-pin CHA_FAN) The fan connectors support cooling fans of 350mA~740mA (8.88W max.) or a total of 1A~2.22A (26.64W max.) at 12V. Connect the fan cables to the fan connectors on the motherboard, making sure that the black wire of each cable matches the ground pin of the connector. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. Digital Audio connector (4-1 pin SPDIF) Digital Audio connector (4-1 pin SPDIF) Digital Audio connector (4-1 pin SPDIF) Digital Audio connector (4-1 pin SPDIF) Digital Audio connector (4-1 pin SPDIF) This connector is for the S/PDIF audio module to allow digital sound output. Connect one end of the S/PDIF audio cable to this connector and the other end to the S/PDIF module. The S/PDIF out module is purchased separately. P5VDC-MX î P5VDC-MX Fan connectors CPU_F AN CHA_F AN GND Rotation 12V GND CPU F AN PWR CPU F AN IN CPU F AN PWM P5VDC-MX î P5VDC-MX Digital audio connector 5V SPDIFOUT GND SPDIF_OUT Do not forget to connect the fan cables to the fan connectors. Insufficient air flow inside the system may damage the motherboard components. These are not jumpers! DO NOT place jumper caps on the fan connectors.
1-30 1-30 1-30 1-30 1-30 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 7. 7. 7. 7. 7. ATX power connectors (24-pin EATXPWR, ATX power connectors (24-pin EATXPWR, ATX power connectors (24-pin EATXPWR, ATX power connectors (24-pin EATXPWR, ATX power connectors (24-pin EATXPWR, 4-pin ATX12V) 4-pin ATX12V) 4-pin ATX12V) 4-pin ATX12V) 4-pin ATX12V) These connectors are for an ATX power supply. The plugs from the power supply are designed to fit these connectors in only one orientation. Find the proper orientation and push down firmly until the connectors completely fit. ⢠Do not forget to connect the 4-pin ATX 12 V power plug; otherwise, the system will not boot up. ⢠When using an ATX 12 V PSU with 20-pin power plug, make sure that it can provide 8 A on the 12 V lead and at least 1A on the 5V standby lead ( 5 VSB). The minimum recommended wattage is 300 W, or 350 W for a fully configured system. The system may become unstable or may not boot up if the power is inadequate. ⢠You must install a Power Supply Unit (PSU) with a higher power rating if you intend to install additional devices. P5VDC-MX î P5VDC-MX A TX power connectors EA TXPWR A TX12V 12V DC GND 12V DC GND 3 V olts 3 V olts Ground 5 V olts 5 V olts Ground Ground Power OK 5V Standb y 12 V olts -5 V olts 5 V olts 3 V olts -12 V olts Ground Ground Ground PSON# Ground 5 V olts 12 V olts 3 V olts 5 V olts Ground
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 1-31 1-31 1-31 1-31 1-31 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB78) USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB78) USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB78) USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB78) USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB78) These connectors are for USB 2.0 ports. Connect the optional USB/GAME module cable to any of these connectors, then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. These USB connectors comply with USB 2.0 specification that supports up to 480 Mbps connection speed. Never connect a 1394 cable 1394 cable 1394 cable 1394 cable 1394 cable t o the USB connectors. Doing so will damage the motherboard! The USB/GAME module is purchased separately. P5VDC-MX î P5VDC-MX USB 2.0 connectors USB56 USB 5V USB_P6- USB_P6 GND NC USB 5V USB_P5- USB_P5 GND 1 USB78 USB 5V USB_P8- USB_P8 GND NC USB 5V USB_P7- USB_P7 GND 1 8. 8. 8. 8. 8. GAME/MIDI port connector (16-1 pin GAME) GAME/MIDI port connector (16-1 pin GAME) GAME/MIDI port connector (16-1 pin GAME) GAME/MIDI port connector (16-1 pin GAME) GAME/MIDI port connector (16-1 pin GAME) This connector is for a GAME/MIDI port. Connect the USB/GAME module cable to this connector, then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. The GAME/MIDI port connects a joystick or game pad for playing games, and MIDI devices for playing or editing audio files. P5VDC-MX î P5VDC-MX Game connector GAME 5V 5V J2B1 J2CX MIDI_OUT J2CY J2B2 MIDI_IN J1B1 J1CX GND GND J1CY J1B2 5V
1-32 1-32 1-32 1-32 1-32 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 10. 10. 10. 10. 10. Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin FP_AUDIO) Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin FP_AUDIO) Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin FP_AUDIO) Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin FP_AUDIO) Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin FP_AUDIO) This is an interface for the front panel audio cable that allows convenient connection and control of audio devices. By default, the pins labeled LINE_OUT_R/BLINE_OUT_R and the pins LINE_OUT_L/BLINE_OUT_L are shorted with jumper caps. Remove the caps only when you are connecting the front panel audio cable. P5VDC-MX î P5VDC-MX Front panel audio connector FP_AUDIO BLINE_OUT_L MIC2 Line out_R Line out_L BLINE_OUT_R NC MICPWR 5V A AGND 11. 11. 11. 11. 11. Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) This connector is for a chassis-mounted intrusion detection sensor or switch. Connect one end of the chassis intrusion sensor or switch cable to this connector. The chassis intrusion sensor or switch sends a high-level signal to this connector when a chassis component is removed or replaced. The signal is then generated as a chassis intrusion event. By default, the pins labeled âÂÂChassis Signalâ and âÂÂGroundâ are shorted with a jumper cap. Remove the jumper caps only when you intend to use the chassis intrusion detection feature. P5VDC-MX î P5VDC-MX Chassis intrusion connector CHASSIS 5VSB_MB Chassis Signal GND (Defaul t)
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 1-33 1-33 1-33 1-33 1-33 12. 12. 12. 12. 12. System panel connector (20-1 pin F_PANEL) System panel connector (20-1 pin F_PANEL) System panel connector (20-1 pin F_PANEL) System panel connector (20-1 pin F_PANEL) System panel connector (20-1 pin F_PANEL) This connector supports several chassis-mounted functions. The sytem panel connector is color-coded for easy connection. Refer to the connector description below for details. P5VDC-MX î P5VDC-MX System panel connector * Requires an A TX power suppl y. PLED- PWR 5V Speaker PLED Ground RESET Ground Reset Ground Ground PLED IDE_LED- IDE_LED IDE_LED SPEAKER PWRSW P ANEL ⢠System power LED (Green 3-pin PLED) System power LED (Green 3-pin PLED) System power LED (Green 3-pin PLED) System power LED (Green 3-pin PLED) System power LED (Green 3-pin PLED) This 3-pin connector is for the system power LED. Connect the chassis power LED cable to this connector. The system power LED lights up when you turn on the system power, and blinks when the system is in sleep mode. ⢠Hard disk drive activity (Red 2-pin IDE_LED) Hard disk drive activity (Red 2-pin IDE_LED) Hard disk drive activity (Red 2-pin IDE_LED) Hard disk drive activity (Red 2-pin IDE_LED) Hard disk drive activity (Red 2-pin IDE_LED) This 2-pin connector is for the HDD Activity LED. Connect the HDD Activity LED cable to this connector. The IDE LED lights up or flashes when data is read from or written to the HDD. ⢠System warning speaker (Orange 4-pin SPEAKER) System warning speaker (Orange 4-pin SPEAKER) System warning speaker (Orange 4-pin SPEAKER) System warning speaker (Orange 4-pin SPEAKER) System warning speaker (Orange 4-pin SPEAKER) This 4-pin connector is for the chassis-mounted system warning speaker. The speaker allows you to hear system beeps and warnings. ⢠Power/Soft-off button (Yellow 2-pin PWRSW) Power/Soft-off button (Yellow 2-pin PWRSW) Power/Soft-off button (Yellow 2-pin PWRSW) Power/Soft-off button (Yellow 2-pin PWRSW) Power/Soft-off button (Yellow 2-pin PWRSW) This connector is for the system power button. Pressing the power button turns the system ON or puts the system in SLEEP or SOFT-OFF mode depending on the BIOS settings. Pressing the power switch for more than four seconds while the system is ON turns the system OFF. ⢠Reset button (Blue 2-pin RESET) Reset button (Blue 2-pin RESET) Reset button (Blue 2-pin RESET) Reset button (Blue 2-pin RESET) Reset button (Blue 2-pin RESET) This 2-pin connector is for the chassis-mounted reset button for system reboot without turning off the system power.
1-34 1-34 1-34 1-34 1-34 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 2-1 2-1 2-1 2-1 2-1 2 BIOS setup This chapter tells how to change the system settings through the BIOS Setup menus. Detailed descriptions of the BIOS parameters are also provided.
2-2 2-2 2-2 2-2 2-2 Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup 2.1 Managing and updating your BIOS The following utilities allow you to manage and update the motherboard Basic Input/Output System (BIOS) setup. 1. ASUS AFUDOS ASUS AFUDOS ASUS AFUDOS ASUS AFUDOS ASUS AFUDOS (Updates the BIOS in DOS mode using a bootable floppy disk.) 2. ASUS EZ Flash ASUS EZ Flash ASUS EZ Flash ASUS EZ Flash ASUS EZ Flash (Updates the BIOS using a floppy disk during POST.) 3. ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 (Updates the BIOS using a bootable floppy disk or the motherboard support CD when the BIOS file fails or gets corrupted.) 4. ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update (Updates the BIOS in Windows î environment.) Refer to the corresponding sections for details on these utilities. 2.1.1 2.1.1 2.1.1 2.1.1 2.1.1 Creating a bootable floppy disk Creating a bootable floppy disk Creating a bootable floppy disk Creating a bootable floppy disk Creating a bootable floppy disk 1. Do either one of the following to create a bootable floppy disk. DOS environment a. Insert a 1.44MB floppy disk into the drive. b. At the DOS prompt, type format A:/S then press <Enter>. Windows î XP environment a. Insert a 1.44 MB floppy disk to the floppy disk drive. b. Click Start Start Start Start Start from the Windows î desktop, then select My My My My My Computer Computer Computer Computer Computer . c. Select the 3 1/2 Floppy Drive icon. d. Click File File File File File from the menu, then select Format Format Format Format Format . A Format 3 1/2 Format 3 1/2 Format 3 1/2 Format 3 1/2 Format 3 1/2 Floppy Disk Floppy Disk Floppy Disk Floppy Disk Floppy Disk window appears. e. Select Create an MS-DOS startup disk Create an MS-DOS startup disk Create an MS-DOS startup disk Create an MS-DOS startup disk Create an MS-DOS startup disk from the format options field, then click Start Start Start Start Start . Windows î 2000 environment To create a set of boot disks for Windows î 2000: a. Insert a formatted, high density 1.44 MB floppy disk into the drive. b. Insert the Windows î 2000 CD to the optical drive. c. Click Start Start Start Start Start , then select Run Run Run Run Run . d. From the Open field, type D:\bootdisk\makeboot a: assuming that D: is your optical drive. Save a copy of the original motherboard BIOS file to a bootable floppy disk in case you need to restore the BIOS in the future. Copy the original motherboard BIOS using the ASUS Update or AFUDOS utilities.
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 2-3 2-3 2-3 2-3 2-3 e. Press <Enter>, then follow screen instructions to continue. 2. Copy the original or the latest motherboard BIOS file to the bootable floppy disk. To update the BIOS using EZ Flash: 1. Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) to download the latest BIOS file for the motherboard and rename the same to P5VDCMX.ROM P5VDCMX.ROM P5VDCMX.ROM P5VDCMX.ROM P5VDCMX.ROM . 2. Save the BIOS file to a floppy disk, then restart the system. 3. Press <Alt> <F2> during POST to display the following. EZFlash starting BIOS update Checking for floppy... 4. Insert the floppy disk that contains the BIOS file to the floppy disk drive. When the correct BIOS file is found, EZ Flash performs the BIOS update process and automatically reboots the system when done. EZFlash starting BIOS update Checking for floppy... Floppy found! Reading file âÂÂP5VDCMX.ROMâÂÂ. Completed. Start erasing.......| Start programming...| Flashed successfully. Rebooting. ⢠Do not shutdown or reset the system while updating the BIOS to prevent system boot failure! ⢠A âÂÂFloppy not found!â error message appears if there is no floppy disk in the drive. A âÂÂP5VDCMX.ROM not found!â error message appears if the correct BIOS file is not found in the floppy disk. Make sure that you rename the BIOS file to P5VDCMX.ROM. 2.1.2 2.1.2 2.1.2 2.1.2 2.1.2 ASUS EZ Flash utility ASUS EZ Flash utility ASUS EZ Flash utility ASUS EZ Flash utility ASUS EZ Flash utility The ASUS EZ Flash feature allows you to update the BIOS without having to go through the long process of booting from a floppy disk and using a DOS-based utility. The EZ Flash utility is built-in the BIOS chip so it is accessible by pressing <Alt> <F2> during the Power-On Self Tests (POST). To use EZ Flash feature on motherboards with onboard VGA, you will not see the screen display when the BIOS is refreshed. Install a graphics card into the expansion slot to display BIOS update message.
2-4 2-4 2-4 2-4 2-4 Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup 2.1.3 2.1.3 2.1.3 2.1.3 2.1.3 AFUDOS utility AFUDOS utility AFUDOS utility AFUDOS utility AFUDOS utility The AFUDOS utility allows you to update the BIOS file in DOS environment using a bootable floppy disk with the updated BIOS file. This utility also allows you to copy the current BIOS file that you can use as backup when the BIOS fails or gets corrupted during the updating process. Copying the current BIOS Copying the current BIOS Copying the current BIOS Copying the current BIOS Copying the current BIOS To copy the current BIOS file using the AFUDOS utility: The utility returns to the DOS prompt after copying the current BIOS file. 3. Press <Enter>. The utility copies the current BIOS file to the floppy disk. A:\>afudos /oOLDBIOS1.ROM AMI Firmware Update Utility - Version 1.10 Copyright (C) 2002 American Megatrends, Inc. All rights reserved. Reading flash ..... done A:\> Main filename Main filename Main filename Main filename Main filename Extension name Extension name Extension name Extension name Extension name 1. Copy the AFUDOS utility (afudos.exe) from the motherboard support CD to the bootable floppy disk you created earlier. 2. Boot the system in DOS mode, then at the prompt type: afudos /o[filename] where the [filename] is any user-assigned filename not more than eight alphanumeric characters for the main filename and three alphanumeric characters for the extension name. A:\>afudos /oOLDBIOS1.ROM ⢠Make sure that the floppy disk is not write-protected and has at least 600 KB free space to save the file. ⢠The succeeding BIOS screens are for reference only. The actual BIOS screen displays may not be exactly the same as shown.
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 2-5 2-5 2-5 2-5 2-5 5. The utility returns to the DOS prompt after the BIOS update process is completed. Reboot the system from the hard disk drive. A:\>afudos /iP5VDCMX.ROM AMI Firmware Update Utility - Version 1.10 Copyright (C) 2002 American Megatrends, Inc. All rights reserved. Reading file ..... done Erasing flash .... done Writing flash .... 0x0008CC00 (9%) Verifying flash .. done A:\> 2. Copy the AFUDOS utility (afudos.exe) from the motherboard support CD to the bootable floppy disk you created earlier. 3. Boot the system in DOS mode, then at the prompt type: afudos /i[filename] where [filename] is the latest or the original BIOS file on the bootable floppy disk. A:\>afudos /iP5VDCMX.ROM AMI Firmware Update Utility - Version 1.10 Copyright (C) 2002 American Megatrends, Inc. All rights reserved. Reading file ..... done Erasing flash .... done Writing flash .... 0x0008CC00 (9%) Updating the BIOS file Updating the BIOS file Updating the BIOS file Updating the BIOS file Updating the BIOS file To update the BIOS file using the AFUDOS utility: 1. Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) and download the latest BIOS file for the motherboard. Save the BIOS file to a bootable floppy disk. A:\>afudos /iP5VDCMX.ROM 4. The utility verifies the file and starts updating the BIOS. Do not shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS to prevent system boot failure! Write the BIOS filename on a piece of paper. You need to type the exact BIOS filename at the DOS prompt.
2-6 2-6 2-6 2-6 2-6 Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup 2.1.4 2.1.4 2.1.4 2.1.4 2.1.4 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 utility ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 utility ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 utility ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 utility ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 utility The ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 is an auto recovery tool that allows you to restore the BIOS file when it fails or gets corrupted during the updating process. You can update a corrupted BIOS file using the motherboard support CD or the floppy disk that contains the updated BIOS file. Recovering the BIOS from a floppy disk Recovering the BIOS from a floppy disk Recovering the BIOS from a floppy disk Recovering the BIOS from a floppy disk Recovering the BIOS from a floppy disk To recover the BIOS from a floppy disk: 1. Turn on the system. 2. Insert the floppy disk with the original or updated BIOS file to the floppy disk drive. 3. The utility displays the following message and automatically checks the floppy disk for the original or updated BIOS file. Bad BIOS checksum. Starting BIOS recovery... Checking for floppy... 4. Restart the system after the utility completes the updating process. Bad BIOS checksum. Starting BIOS recovery... Checking for floppy... Floppy found! Reading file âÂÂP5VDCMX.ROMâÂÂ. Completed. Start flashing... When found, the utility reads the BIOS file and starts flashing the corrupted BIOS file. DO NOT shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS! Doing so can cause system boot failure! ⢠Prepare the motherboard support CD or the floppy disk containing the updated motherboard BIOS before using this utility. ⢠Make sure that you rename the original or updated BIOS file in the floppy disk to P5VDCMX.ROM P5VDCMX.ROM P5VDCMX.ROM P5VDCMX.ROM P5VDCMX.ROM . To use CrashFree BIOS2 feature on motherboards with onboard VGA, you will not see the screen display when the BIOS crashes even when you reboot the system. Install a graphics card into the expansion slot before rebooting the computer to display BIOS recovery message.
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 2-7 2-7 2-7 2-7 2-7 The recovered BIOS may not be the latest BIOS version for this motherboard. Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) to download the latest BIOS file. Recovering the BIOS from the support CD Recovering the BIOS from the support CD Recovering the BIOS from the support CD Recovering the BIOS from the support CD Recovering the BIOS from the support CD To recover the BIOS from the support CD: 1. Remove any floppy disk from the floppy disk drive, then turn on the system. 2. Insert the support CD to the optical drive. 3. The utility displays the following message and automatically checks the floppy disk for the original or updated BIOS file. 4. Restart the system after the utility completes the updating process. DO NOT shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS! Doing so can cause system boot failure! Bad BIOS checksum. Starting BIOS recovery... Checking for floppy... Floppy not found! Checking for CD-ROM... CD-ROM found! Reading file âÂÂP5VDCMX.ROMâÂÂ. Completed. Start flashing... When no floppy disk is found, the utility automatically checks the optical drive for the original or updated BIOS file. The utility then updates the corrupted BIOS file. Bad BIOS checksum. Starting BIOS recovery... Checking for floppy...
2-8 2-8 2-8 2-8 2-8 Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Installing ASUS Update Installing ASUS Update Installing ASUS Update Installing ASUS Update Installing ASUS Update To install ASUS Update: 1. Place the support CD in the optical drive. The Drivers Drivers Drivers Drivers Drivers menu appears. 2. Click the Utilities Utilities Utilities Utilities Utilities tab, then click Install ASUS Update Install ASUS Update Install ASUS Update Install ASUS Update Install ASUS Update VX.XX.XX VX.XX.XX VX.XX.XX VX.XX.XX VX.XX.XX . See page 3-4 for the Utilities Utilities Utilities Utilities Utilities screen menu. 3. The ASUS Update utility is copied to your system. 2.1.5 2.1.5 2.1.5 2.1.5 2.1.5 ASUS Update utility ASUS Update utility ASUS Update utility ASUS Update utility ASUS Update utility The ASUS Update is a utility that allows you to manage, save, and update the motherboard BIOS in Windows î environment. The ASUS Update utility allows you to: ⢠Save the current BIOS file ⢠Download the latest BIOS file from the Internet ⢠Update the BIOS from an updated BIOS file ⢠Update the BIOS directly from the Internet, and ⢠View the BIOS version information. This utility is available in the support CD that comes with the motherboard package. ASUS Update requires an Internet connection either through a network or an Internet Service Provider (ISP). Quit all Windows î applications before you update the BIOS using this utility.
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 2-9 2-9 2-9 2-9 2-9 3. Select the ASUS FTP site nearest you to avoid network traffic, or click Auto Select Auto Select Auto Select Auto Select Auto Select . Click Next Next Next Next Next . Updating the BIOS through the Internet Updating the BIOS through the Internet Updating the BIOS through the Internet Updating the BIOS through the Internet Updating the BIOS through the Internet To update the BIOS through the Internet: 1. Launch the ASUS Update utility from the Windows î desktop by clicking Start Start Start Start Start > Programs Programs Programs Programs Programs > ASUS ASUS ASUS ASUS ASUS > ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate > ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate . T h e ASUS Update main window appears. 2. Select Update BIOS from Update BIOS from Update BIOS from Update BIOS from Update BIOS from the Internet the Internet the Internet the Internet the Internet option from the drop-down menu, then click Next Next Next Next Next .
2-10 2-10 2-10 2-10 2-10 Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Updating the BIOS through a BIOS file Updating the BIOS through a BIOS file Updating the BIOS through a BIOS file Updating the BIOS through a BIOS file Updating the BIOS through a BIOS file To update the BIOS through a BIOS file: 1. Launch the ASUS Update utility from the Windows î desktop by clicking Start Start Start Start Start > Programs Programs Programs Programs Programs > ASUS ASUS ASUS ASUS ASUS > ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate > ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate . The ASUS Update main window appears. 2. Select Update BIOS from a Update BIOS from a Update BIOS from a Update BIOS from a Update BIOS from a file file file file file option from the drop-down menu, then click Next Next Next Next Next . 4. From the FTP site, select the BIOS version that you wish to download. Click Next. 5. Follow the screen instructions to complete the update process. The ASUS Update utility is capable of updating itself through the Internet. Always update the utility to avail all its features. 3. Locate the BIOS file from the Open Open Open Open Open window, then click Save Save Save Save Save . 4. Follow the screen instructions to complete the update process.
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 2-11 2-11 2-11 2-11 2-11 2.2 BIOS setup program This motherboard supports a programmable firmware chip that you can update using the provided utility described in section â 2.1 Managing and updating your BIOS.â Use the BIOS Setup program when you are installing a motherboard, reconfiguring your system, or prompted to âÂÂRun SetupâÂÂ. This section explains how to configure your system using this utility. Even if you are not prompted to use the Setup program, you can change the configuration of your computer in the future. For example, you can enable the security password feature or change the power management settings. This requires you to reconfigure your system using the BIOS Setup program so that the computer can recognize these changes and record them in the CMOS RAM of the firmware hub. The firmware hub on the motherboard stores the Setup utility. When you start up the computer, the system provides you with the opportunity to run this program. Press <Del> during the Power-On Self-Test (POST) to enter the Setup utility; otherwise, POST continues with its test routines. If you wish to enter Setup after POST, restart the system by pressing <Ctrl Alt Delete>, or by pressing the reset button on the system chassis. You can also restart by turning the system off and then back on. Do this last option only if the first two failed. The Setup program is designed to make it as easy to use as possible. Being a menu-driven program, it lets you scroll through the various sub-menus and make your selections from the available options using the navigation keys. ⢠The default BIOS settings for this motherboard apply for most conditions to ensure optimum performance. If the system becomes unstable after changing any BIOS settings, load the default settings to ensure system compatibility and stability. Select the Load Load Load Load Load Default Settings Default Settings Default Settings Default Settings Default Settings item under the Exit Menu. See section âÂÂ2.7 Exit Menu.â â¢ The BIOS setup screens shown in this section are for reference purposes only, and may not exactly match what you see on your screen. ⢠Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) to download the latest BIOS file for this motherboard and .
2-12 2-12 2-12 2-12 2-12 Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup 2.2.2 2.2.2 2.2.2 2.2.2 2.2.2 Menu bar Menu bar Menu bar Menu bar Menu bar The menu bar on top of the screen has the following main items: Main Main Main Main M a i n For changing the basic system configuration Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced For changing the advanced system settings Power Power Power Power Power For changing the advanced power management (APM) configuration Boot Boot Boot Boot Boot For changing the system boot configuration Exit Exit Exit Exit Exit For selecting the exit options and loading default settings 2.2.1 2.2.1 2.2.1 2.2.1 2.2.1 BIOS menu screen BIOS menu screen BIOS menu screen BIOS menu screen BIOS menu screen To select an item on the menu bar, press the right or left arrow key on the keyboard until the desired item is highlighted. Some of the navigation keys differ from one screen to another. 2.2.3 2.2.3 2.2.3 2.2.3 2.2.3 Navigation keys Navigation keys Navigation keys Navigation keys Navigation keys At the bottom right corner of a menu screen are the navigation keys for that particular menu. Use the navigation keys to select items in the menu and change the settings. Select Screen Select Item - Change Field Tab Select Field F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2004, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Power Boot Exit System Time [10:55:25] System Date [Thu 09/15/2005] Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in] Primary IDE Master [ST320410A] Primary IDE Slave [ASUS CD-S520/A] Secondary IDE Master [Not Detected] Secondary IDE Slave [Not Detected] Third IDE Master [Not Detected] Third IDE Slave [Not Detected] Fourth IDE Master [Not Detected] Fourth IDE Slave [Not Detected] System Information Use [ENTER], [TAB] or [SHIFT-TAB] to select a field. Use [ ] or [-] to configure the System Time. Navigation keys Navigation keys Navigation keys Navigation keys Navigation keys General help General help General help General help General help Menu bar Menu bar Menu bar Menu bar Menu bar Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Configuration fields Configuration fields Configuration fields Configuration fields Configuration fields Menu items Menu items Menu items Menu items Menu items
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 2-13 2-13 2-13 2-13 2-13 2.2.4 2.2.4 2.2.4 2.2.4 2.2.4 Menu items Menu items Menu items Menu items Menu items The highlighted item on the menu bar displays the specific items for that menu. For example, selecting Main Main Main Main Main shows the Main menu items. The other items (Advanced, Power, Boot, and Exit) on the menu bar have their respective menu items. 2.2.5 2.2.5 2.2.5 2.2.5 2.2.5 Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Sub-menu items A solid triangle before each item on any menu screen means that the iteam has a sub-menu. To display the sub-menu, select the item and press <Enter>. 2.2.6 2.2.6 2.2.6 2.2.6 2.2.6 Configuration fields Configuration fields Configuration fields Configuration fields Configuration fields These fields show the values for the menu items. If an item is user- configurable, you can change the value of the field opposite the item. You cannot select an item that is not user-configurable. A configurable field is enclosed in brackets, and is highlighted when selected. To change the value of a field, select it then press <Enter> to display a list of options. Refer to âÂÂ2.2.7 Pop-up window.â 2.2.7 2.2.7 2.2.7 2.2.7 2.2.7 Pop-up window Pop-up window Pop-up window Pop-up window Pop-up window Select a menu item then press <Enter> to display a pop-up window with the configuration options for that item. 2.2.8 2.2.8 2.2.8 2.2.8 2.2.8 Scroll bar Scroll bar Scroll bar Scroll bar Scroll bar A scroll bar appears on the right side of a menu screen when there are items that do not fit on the screen. Press the Up/Down arrow keys or <Page Up> / <Page Down> keys to display the other items on the screen. 2.2.9 2.2.9 2.2.9 2.2.9 2.2.9 General help General help General help General help General help At the top right corner of the menu screen is a brief description of the selected item. System Time [11:10:19] System Date [Thu 03/27/2003] Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in] Language [English] Primary IDE Master :[ST320413A] Primary IDE Slave :[ASUS CD-S340] Secondary IDE Master :[Not Detected] Secondary IDE Slave :[Not Detected] Third IDE Master :[Not Detected] Fourth IDE Master :[Not Detected] IDE Configuration System Information Use [ENTER], [TAB] or [SHIFT-TAB] to select a field. Use [ ] or [-] to configure system time. Select Screen Select Item - Change Field Tab Select Field F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit Main menu items Main menu items Main menu items Main menu items Main menu items Scroll bar Scroll bar Scroll bar Scroll bar Scroll bar Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit Advanced Chipset settings WARNING: Setting wrong values in the sections below may cause system to malfunction. Configure DRAM Timing by SPD [Enabled] Memory Acceleration Mode [Auto] DRAM Idle Timer [Auto] DRAm Refresh Rate [Auto] Graphic Adapter Priority [AGP/PCI] Graphics Aperture Size [ 64 MB] Spread Spectrum [Enabled] ICH Delayed Transaction [Enabled] MPS Revision [1.4] Pop-up window Pop-up window Pop-up window Pop-up window Pop-up window
2-14 2-14 2-14 2-14 2-14 Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup 2.3 Main menu When you enter the BIOS Setup program, the Main menu screen appears, giving you an overview of the basic system information. 2.3.1 2.3.1 2.3.1 2.3.1 2.3.1 System Time [xx:xx:xxxx] System Time [xx:xx:xxxx] System Time [xx:xx:xxxx] System Time [xx:xx:xxxx] System Time [xx:xx:xxxx] Allows you to set the system time. 2.3.2 2.3.2 2.3.2 2.3.2 2.3.2 System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] Allows you to set the system date. 2.3.3 2.3.3 2.3.3 2.3.3 2.3.3 Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Sets the type of floppy drive installed. Configuration options: [Disabled] [360K, 5.25 in.] [1.2M , 5.25 in.] [720K , 3.5 in.] [1.44M, 3.5 in.] [2.88M, 3.5 in.] Refer to section âÂÂ2.2.1 BIOS menu screenâ for information on the menu screen items and how to navigate through them. Select Screen Select Item - Change Field Tab Select Field F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2004, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Power Boot Exit System Time [10:55:25] System Date [Thu 07/21/2005] Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in] Primary IDE Master [ST320410A] Primary IDE Slave [ASUS CD-S520/A] Secondary IDE Master [Not Detected] Secondary IDE Slave [Not Detected] Third IDE Master [Not Detected] Third IDE Slave [Not Detected] Fourth IDE Master [Not Detected] Fourth IDE Slave [Not Detected] System Information Use [ENTER], [TAB] or [SHIFT-TAB] to select a field. Use [ ] or [-] to configure the System Time.
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 2-15 2-15 2-15 2-15 2-15 2.3.4 2.3.4 2.3.4 2.3.4 2.3.4 Primary and Secondary IDE Master/Slave Primary and Secondary IDE Master/Slave Primary and Secondary IDE Master/Slave Primary and Secondary IDE Master/Slave Primary and Secondary IDE Master/Slave While entering Setup, the BIOS automatically detects the presence of IDE devices. There is a separate sub-menu for each IDE device. Select a device item then press <Enter> to display the IDE device information. The BIOS automatically detects the values opposite the dimmed items (Device, Vendor, Size, LBA Mode, Block Mode, PIO Mode, Async DMA, Ultra DMA, and SMART monitoring). These values are not user-configurable. These items show N/A if no IDE device is installed in the system. Type [Auto] Type [Auto] Type [Auto] Type [Auto] Type [Auto] Selects the type of IDE drive. Setting to Auto allows automatic selection of the appropriate IDE device type. Select CDROM if you are specifically configuring a CD-ROM drive. Select ARMD (ATAPI Removable Media Device) if your device is either a ZIP, LS-120, or MO drive. Configuration options: [Not Installed] [Auto] [CDROM] [ARMD] LBA/Large Mode [Auto] LBA/Large Mode [Auto] LBA/Large Mode [Auto] LBA/Large Mode [Auto] LBA/Large Mode [Auto] Enables or disables the LBA mode. Setting to Auto enables the LBA mode if the device supports this mode, and if the device was not previously formatted with LBA mode disabled. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Auto] Block (Multi-sector Transfer) M [Auto] Block (Multi-sector Transfer) M [Auto] Block (Multi-sector Transfer) M [Auto] Block (Multi-sector Transfer) M [Auto] Block (Multi-sector Transfer) M [Auto] Enables or disables data multi-sectors transfers. When set to Auto, the data transfer from and to the device occurs multiple sectors at a time if the device supports multi-sector transfer feature. When set to [Disabled], the data transfer from and to the device occurs one sector at a time. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Auto] Type [Auto] LBA/Large Mode [Auto] Block(Multi-sector Transfer)M [Auto] PIO Mode [Auto] DMA Mode [Auto] Smart Monitoring [Auto] 32Bit Data Transfer [Enabled] Select the type of device connected to the system.
2-16 2-16 2-16 2-16 2-16 Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup PIO Mode [Auto] PIO Mode [Auto] PIO Mode [Auto] PIO Mode [Auto] PIO Mode [Auto] Selects the PIO mode. Configuration options: [Auto] [0] [1] [2] [3] [4] DMA Mode [Auto] DMA Mode [Auto] DMA Mode [Auto] DMA Mode [Auto] DMA Mode [Auto] Selects the DMA mode. Configuration options: [Auto] [SWDMA0] [SWDMA1] [SWDMA2] [MWDMA0] [MWDMA1] [MWDMA2] [UDMA0] [UDMA1] [UDMA2] [UDMA3] [UDMA04] [UDMA5] [UDMA6] SMART Monitoring [Auto] SMART Monitoring [Auto] SMART Monitoring [Auto] SMART Monitoring [Auto] SMART Monitoring [Auto] Sets the Smart Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology. Configuration options: [Auto] [Disabled] [Enabled] 32Bit Data Transfer [Enabled] 32Bit Data Transfer [Enabled] 32Bit Data Transfer [Enabled] 32Bit Data Transfer [Enabled] 32Bit Data Transfer [Enabled] Enables or disables 32-bit data transfer. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] AMI BIOS AMI BIOS AMI BIOS AMI BIOS AMI BIOS Displays the auto-detected BIOS information Processor Processor Processor Processor Processor Displays the auto-detected CPU specification System Memory System Memory System Memory System Memory System Memory Displays the auto-detected system memory AMIBIOS Version : 0110 Build Date : 10/05/05 Processor Type : Genuine Intel(R) CPU 3.80GHz Speed : 3914 MHz Count : 1 System Memory Usable Size : 192MB 2.3.5 2.3.5 2.3.5 2.3.5 2.3.5 System Information System Information System Information System Information System Information This menu gives you an overview of the general system specifications. The BIOS automatically detects the items in this menu.
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 2-17 2-17 2-17 2-17 2-17 2.4 Advanced menu The Advanced menu items allow you to change the settings for the CPU and other system devices. Take caution when changing the settings of the Advanced menu items. Incorrect field values may cause the system to malfunction. JumperFree Configuration USB Configuration CPU Configuration Chipset Onboard Devices Configuration PCIPnP 2.4.1 2.4.1 2.4.1 2.4.1 2.4.1 JumperFree Configuration JumperFree Configuration JumperFree Configuration JumperFree Configuration JumperFree Configuration Configure System Frequency/Voltage Overclock Mode [Manual] Overclock Mode [Auto] Overclock Mode [Auto] Overclock Mode [Auto] Overclock Mode [Auto] Overclock Mode [Auto] Allows selection of CPU overclocking options to achieve desired CPU internal frequency. Select either one of the preset overclocking configuration options: Manual Manual Manual Manual Manual - allows you to individually set overclocking parameters. Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto - loads the optimal settings for the system. CPU Frequency [200 MHz] Displays the frequency sent by the clock generator to the system bus and PCI bus. The value of this item is auto-detected by the BIOS. Use the < > < > < > < > < > and <-> <-> <-> <-> < - > keys to adjust the CPU frequency. You can also type the desired CPU frequency using the numeric keypad. The values range from 100 to 400. Select the target CPU frequency, and the relevant parameters will be auto-adjusted. Frequencies higher than CPU manufacturer recommends are not guaranteed to be stable. If the system becomes unstable, return to the default.
2-18 2-18 2-18 2-18 2-18 Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup 2.4.2 2.4.2 2.4.2 2.4.2 2.4.2 USB Configuration USB Configuration USB Configuration USB Configuration USB Configuration The items in this menu allows you to change the USB-related features. Select an item then press Enter to display the configuration options. USB 1.1 Ports Configuration [Enabled] USB 1.1 Ports Configuration [Enabled] USB 1.1 Ports Configuration [Enabled] USB 1.1 Ports Configuration [Enabled] USB 1.1 Ports Configuration [Enabled] Allows you to choose the number of USB 1.1 ports to enable. Setting to [Disabled] disables the USB 1.1 host controllers. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] USB 2.0 Ports Enable [Enable] USB 2.0 Ports Enable [Enable] USB 2.0 Ports Enable [Enable] USB 2.0 Ports Enable [Enable] USB 2.0 Ports Enable [Enable] Allows you to enable or disable the USB 2.0 host controllers. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enable] Legacy USB Support [Auto] Legacy USB Support [Auto] Legacy USB Support [Auto] Legacy USB Support [Auto] Legacy USB Support [Auto] Allows you to enable or disable support for legacy USB devices. Setting to Auto allows the system to detect the presence of USB devices at startup. If detected, the USB controller legacy mode is enabled. If no USB device is detected, the legacy USB support is disabled. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] [Auto] Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2004, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced USB Configuration Module Version - 2.24.0-11.4 USB Devices Enabled: None USB 1.1 Ports Configuration [Enabled] USB 2.0 Ports Enable [Enable] Legacy USB Support [Auto] USB 2.0 Controller Mode [Hispeed] BIOS EHCI Hand-Off [Enabled] Enables 1.1 USB host controllers. The Module Version and USB Devices Enabled items show the auto-detected values. If no USB device is detected, the item shows None. USB 2.0 Controller Mode [Hispeed] USB 2.0 Controller Mode [Hispeed] USB 2.0 Controller Mode [Hispeed] USB 2.0 Controller Mode [Hispeed] USB 2.0 Controller Mode [Hispeed] Allows you to configure the USB 2.0 controller in HiSpeed (480 Mbps) or Full Speed (12 Mbps). Configuration options: [FullSpeed] [HiSpeed ]
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 2-19 2-19 2-19 2-19 2-19 BIOS EHCI Hand-Off [Enabled] BIOS EHCI Hand-Off [Enabled] BIOS EHCI Hand-Off [Enabled] BIOS EHCI Hand-Off [Enabled] BIOS EHCI Hand-Off [Enabled] Allows you to enable support for operating systems without an EHCI hand-off feature. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Do not disable the BIOS EHCI Hand-Off option if you are running a Windows î operating system with USB device. 2.4.3 2.4.3 2.4.3 2.4.3 2.4.3 CPU Configuration CPU Configuration CPU Configuration CPU Configuration CPU Configuration The items in this menu show the CPU-related information auto-detected by BIOS. Configure Advanced CPU settings Manufacturer: Intel Brand String: Genuine Intel(R) CPU 3.80GHz Frequency : 3914Mhz FSB Speed : 825Mhz Cache L1 : 16 KB Cache L2 : 2048 KB Cache L3 : 0 KB Ratio Status: Unlocked (Max:19, Min:14) Ratio Actual Value: 19 Ratio CMOS Setting: [ 19] Max CPUID Value Limit: [Disabled] Excute Disable Function [Disabled] Hyper Threading Technology [Disabled] Ratio CMOS Setting [ 16] Ratio CMOS Setting [ 16] Ratio CMOS Setting [ 16] Ratio CMOS Setting [ 16] Ratio CMOS Setting [ 16] Sets the ratio between the CPU Core Clock and the Front Side Bus frequency. The default value of this item is auto-detected by BIOS. Use the < > or <-> keys to adjust the values. Max CPUID Value Limit [Disabled] Max CPUID Value Limit [Disabled] Max CPUID Value Limit [Disabled] Max CPUID Value Limit [Disabled] Max CPUID Value Limit [Disabled] Enable this item to boot legacy operating systems that cannot support CPUs with extended CPUID functions. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
2-20 2-20 2-20 2-20 2-20 Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Execute Disable Function [Disabled] Execute Disable Function [Disabled] Execute Disable Function [Disabled] Execute Disable Function [Disabled] Execute Disable Function [Disabled] Enables or disables the Execute Disable function. This item appears only when you install a processor with the Execute Disable function. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Hyper-Threading Technology [Disabled] Hyper-Threading Technology [Disabled] Hyper-Threading Technology [Disabled] Hyper-Threading Technology [Disabled] Hyper-Threading Technology [Disabled] This item allows you to enable or disable the processor Hyper-Threading Technology. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] 2.4.4 2.4.4 2.4.4 2.4.4 2.4.4 Chipset Chipset Chipset Chipset Chipset The Chipset menu items allow you to change the advanced chipset settings. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the sub-menu. NorthBridge Configuration NorthBridge Configuration NorthBridge Configuration NorthBridge Configuration NorthBridge Configuration Select Screen Select Item Enter Go to Subscreen F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2004, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced Advanced Chipset Settings WARNING: Setting wrong values in below sections may cause system to malfunction. Northbridge Configuration Southbridge Configuration BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced NorthBridge Configuration DRAM Clock/Timing Configuration AGP & P2P Bridge Configuration Options for NB Options for DRAM
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 2-21 2-21 2-21 2-21 2-21 DRAM Frequency/Timing Configuration DRAM Frequency/Timing Configuration DRAM Frequency/Timing Configuration DRAM Frequency/Timing Configuration DRAM Frequency/Timing Configuration BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced DRAM Frequency/Timing Configuration DRAM Frequency [Auto] DRAM Timing [Auto] DRAM Frequency [Auto] DRAM Frequency [Auto] DRAM Frequency [Auto] DRAM Frequency [Auto] DRAM Frequency [Auto] Sets the DDR/DDR2 operating frequency. Configuration options when install DDR memory modules: [Auto] [266 MHz] [333 MHz] [400 MHz]; Configuration options when install DDR2 memory modules: [Auto] [400 MHz] [533 MHz] DRAM Timing [Auto] DRAM Timing [Auto] DRAM Timing [Auto] DRAM Timing [Auto] DRAM Timing [Auto] Configuration options: [Manual] [Auto] DRAM CAS# Latency [DDR/DDR2] [2.5/4] Configuration options: [1.5/2] [2.0/3] [2.5/4] [3.0/5] Precharge to Active (Trp) [4T] Configuration options: [2T] [3T] [4T] [5T] Active to Precharge (Tras) [7T] Configuration options: [5T] [6T] [7T] [8T] [9T] [10T] [11T] [12T] [13T] [14T] [15T] [16T] [17T] [18T] [19T] [20T] REF to ACT/REF to REF (Trfc) [25T] Configuration options: [24T] [25T] [26T] [27T] [28T] [29T] [30T] [31T] [32T] ~ [39T] Active to Command (Trcd) [4T] Configuration options: [2T] [3T] [4T] [5T] The following items only appear when the DRAM Timing item is set to [Manual].
2-22 2-22 2-22 2-22 2-22 Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup AGP & P2P Bridge Configuration AGP & P2P Bridge Configuration AGP & P2P Bridge Configuration AGP & P2P Bridge Configuration AGP & P2P Bridge Configuration Select Screen Select Item Enter Go to Subscreen F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2004, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced AGP & P2P Bridge Configuration Primary Graphics Adapter [AGP] AGP Aperture Size [128MB] AGP 3.0 Mode [8X] AGP Fast Write [Disabled] VGA Frame Buffer Size [64MB] Primary Graphics Adapter [AGP] Primary Graphics Adapter [AGP] Primary Graphics Adapter [AGP] Primary Graphics Adapter [AGP] Primary Graphics Adapter [AGP] Allows selection of the graphics controller to use as primary boot device. Configuration options: [PCI] [AGP] AGP Aperture Size [128MB] AGP Aperture Size [128MB] AGP Aperture Size [128MB] AGP Aperture Size [128MB] AGP Aperture Size [128MB] Allows you to set the graphics aperture size. Configuration options: [32MB] [64MB] [128MB] [256MB] [512MB] [1GB] AGP 3.0 Mode [8X] AGP 3.0 Mode [8X] AGP 3.0 Mode [8X] AGP 3.0 Mode [8X] AGP 3.0 Mode [8X] Allows you to set the AGP 3.0 mode. Configuration options: [8X] [4X] AGP Fast Write [Disabled] AGP Fast Write [Disabled] AGP Fast Write [Disabled] AGP Fast Write [Disabled] AGP Fast Write [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the AGP Fast Write feature. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] VGA Frame Buffer Size [64MB] VGA Frame Buffer Size [64MB] VGA Frame Buffer Size [64MB] VGA Frame Buffer Size [64MB] VGA Frame Buffer Size [64MB] Allows you to set the frame buffer size. Configuration options: [16MB] [32MB] [64MB]
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 2-23 2-23 2-23 2-23 2-23 SouthBridge Configuration SouthBridge Configuration SouthBridge Configuration SouthBridge Configuration SouthBridge Configuration * Serial ATA Controller [SATA] * Onboard LAN [Enabled] LAN Optional ROM [Disabled] * ACâÂÂ97 Audio Controller [Enabled] Serial ATA Controller [SATA] Serial ATA Controller [SATA] Serial ATA Controller [SATA] Serial ATA Controller [SATA] Serial ATA Controller [SATA] Allows you to set the Serial ATA mode. Configuration options: [Disabled] [SATA] [RAID] Onboard LAN [Enabled] Onboard LAN [Enabled] Onboard LAN [Enabled] Onboard LAN [Enabled] Onboard LAN [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onboard LAN. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] LAN Optional ROM [Disabled] LAN Optional ROM [Disabled] LAN Optional ROM [Disabled] LAN Optional ROM [Disabled] LAN Optional ROM [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onboard LAN optional ROM. The item appears only when the LAN Controller LAN Controller LAN Controller LAN Controller LAN Controller item is set to Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled . Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] ACâÂÂ97 Audio Controller [Enabled] ACâÂÂ97 Audio Controller [Enabled] ACâÂÂ97 Audio Controller [Enabled] ACâÂÂ97 Audio Controller [Enabled] ACâÂÂ97 Audio Controller [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the ACâÂÂ97 Audio. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
2-24 2-24 2-24 2-24 2-24 Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup 2.4.5 2.4.5 2.4.5 2.4.5 2.4.5 Onboard Devices Configuration Onboard Devices Configuration Onboard Devices Configuration Onboard Devices Configuration Onboard Devices Configuration Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Allows you to select the Serial Port1 base address. Configuration options: [Disabled] [3F8/IRQ4] [2F8/IRQ3] [3E8/IRQ4] [2E8/IRQ3] Parallel Port Address [378] Parallel Port Address [378] Parallel Port Address [378] Parallel Port Address [378] Parallel Port Address [378] Allows you to select the Parallel Port base addresses. Configuration options: [Disabled] [378] [278] Select Screen Select Item Enter Go to Subscreen F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2004, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced Configure ITE8712 Super IO Chipset Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Parallel Port Address [378] Parallel Port Mode [EPP ECP] EPP Version [1.9] ECP Mode DMA Channel [DMA3] Parallel Port IRQ [IRQ7] Onboard Game Port [Disabled] Onboard MIDI Port [Diaabled] Parallel Port Mode [EPP ECP] Parallel Port Mode [EPP ECP] Parallel Port Mode [EPP ECP] Parallel Port Mode [EPP ECP] Parallel Port Mode [EPP ECP] Allows you to select the Parallel Port mode. Configuration options: [Normal] [EPP] [ECP] [EPP ECP] EPP Version [1.9] EPP Version [1.9] EPP Version [1.9] EPP Version [1.9] EPP Version [1.9] Allows selection of the Parallel Port EPP version. This item appears only when the Parallel Port Mode Parallel Port Mode Parallel Port Mode Parallel Port Mode Parallel Port Mode i s set to EPP EPP EPP EPP EPP . Configuration options: [1.9] [1.7] ECP Mode DMA Channel [DMA3] ECP Mode DMA Channel [DMA3] ECP Mode DMA Channel [DMA3] ECP Mode DMA Channel [DMA3] ECP Mode DMA Channel [DMA3] Allows selection of the Parallel Port ECP DMA channel. This item appears only when the Parallel Port Mode Parallel Port Mode Parallel Port Mode Parallel Port Mode Parallel Port Mode i s set to ECP ECP ECP ECP E C P. Configuration options: [DMA0] [DMA1] [DMA3] Parallel Port IRQ [IRQ7] Parallel Port IRQ [IRQ7] Parallel Port IRQ [IRQ7] Parallel Port IRQ [IRQ7] Parallel Port IRQ [IRQ7] Allows you to select the Parallel Port IRQ. Configuration options: [IRQ5] [IRQ7]
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 2-25 2-25 2-25 2-25 2-25 2.4.6 2.4.6 2.4.6 2.4.6 2.4.6 PCI PnP PCI PnP PCI PnP PCI PnP PCI PnP The PCI PnP menu items allow you to change the advanced settings for PCI/PnP devices. The menu includes setting IRQ and DMA channel resources for either PCI/PnP or legacy ISA devices, and setting the memory size block for legacy ISA devices. Take caution when changing the settings of the PCI PnP menu items. Incorrect field values can cause the system to malfunction. Advanced PCI/PnP Settings WARNING: Setting wrong values in below sections may cause system to malfunction. Plug And Play O/S [No] PCI Latency Timer [64] Allocate IRQ to PCI VGA [Yes] Palette Snooping [Disabled] IRQ-3 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-4 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-5 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-7 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-9 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-10 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-11 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-14 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-15 assigned to [PCI Device] Onboard Game Port [Disabled] Onboard Game Port [Disabled] Onboard Game Port [Disabled] Onboard Game Port [Disabled] Onboard Game Port [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onboard Game port. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Onboard MIDI Port [Disabled] Onboard MIDI Port [Disabled] Onboard MIDI Port [Disabled] Onboard MIDI Port [Disabled] Onboard MIDI Port [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onboard MIDI port. Configuration options: [Disabled] [300] [330] Plug and Play O/S [No] Plug and Play O/S [No] Plug and Play O/S [No] Plug and Play O/S [No] Plug and Play O/S [No] When set to [No], BIOS configures all the devices in the system. When set to [Yes] and if you install a Plug and Play operating system, the operating system configures the Plug and Play devices not required for boot. Configuration options: [No] [Yes] PCI Latency Timer [64] PCI Latency Timer [64] PCI Latency Timer [64] PCI Latency Timer [64] PCI Latency Timer [64] Allows you to select the value in units of PCI clocks for the PCI device latency timer register. Configuration options: [32] [64] [96] [128] [160] [192] [224] [248]
2-26 2-26 2-26 2-26 2-26 Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Allocate IRQ to PCI VGA [Yes] Allocate IRQ to PCI VGA [Yes] Allocate IRQ to PCI VGA [Yes] Allocate IRQ to PCI VGA [Yes] Allocate IRQ to PCI VGA [Yes] When set to [Yes], BIOS assigns an IRQ to PCI VGA card if the card requests for an IRQ. When set to [No], BIOS does not assign an IRQ to the PCI VGA card even if requested. Configuration options: [Yes] [No] Palette Snooping [Disabled] Palette Snooping [Disabled] Palette Snooping [Disabled] Palette Snooping [Disabled] Palette Snooping [Disabled] When set to [Enabled], the pallete snooping feature informs the PCI devices that an ISA graphics device is installed in the system so that the latter can function correctly. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] IRQ-xx assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-xx assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-xx assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-xx assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-xx assigned to [PCI Device] When set to [PCI Device], the specific IRQ is free for use of PCI/PnP devices. When set to [Reserved], the IRQ is reserved for legacy ISA devices. Configuration options: [PCI Device] [Reserved]
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 2-27 2-27 2-27 2-27 2-27 2.5 Power menu The Power menu items allow you to change the settings for the Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) and the Advanced Power Management (APM). Select an item then press <Enter> to display the configuration options. 2.5.1 2.5.1 2.5.1 2.5.1 2.5.1 Suspend Mode [Auto] Suspend Mode [Auto] Suspend Mode [Auto] Suspend Mode [Auto] Suspend Mode [Auto] Allows you to select the Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) state to be used for system suspend. Configuration options: [S1 (POS) Only] [S3 Only] [Auto] 2.5.2 2.5.2 2.5.2 2.5.2 2.5.2 Repost Video on S3 Resume [No] Repost Video on S3 Resume [No] Repost Video on S3 Resume [No] Repost Video on S3 Resume [No] Repost Video on S3 Resume [No] Determines whether to invoke VGA BIOS POST on S3/STR resume. Configuration options: [No] [Yes] 2.5.3 2.5.3 2.5.3 2.5.3 2.5.3 ACPI 2.0 Support [No] ACPI 2.0 Support [No] ACPI 2.0 Support [No] ACPI 2.0 Support [No] ACPI 2.0 Support [No] Allows you to add more tables for Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) 2.0 specifications. Configuration options: [No] [Yes] 2.5.4 2.5.4 2.5.4 2.5.4 2.5.4 ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) support in the Application-Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). When set to Enabled, the ACPI APIC table pointer is included in the RSDT pointer list. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Select Screen Select Item - Change Field F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2004, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Power Boot Exit Suspend Mode [Auto] Repost Video on S3 Resume [No] ACPI 2.0 Support [No] ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] APM Configuration Hardware Monitor Select the ACPI state used for System Suspend.
2-28 2-28 2-28 2-28 2-28 Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup 2.5.5 2.5.5 2.5.5 2.5.5 2.5.5 APM Configuration APM Configuration APM Configuration APM Configuration APM Configuration APM Configuration Power Management/APM [Enabled] Restore on AC Power Loss [Power Off] Resume On Ring [Disabled] Resume On PME# [Disabled] Resume On PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Resume On PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] Resume On RTC Alarm [Disabled] Power Management/APM [Enabled] Power Management/APM [Enabled] Power Management/APM [Enabled] Power Management/APM [Enabled] Power Management/APM [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the advanced power management feature. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Restore on AC Power Loss [Power Off] Restore on AC Power Loss [Power Off] Restore on AC Power Loss [Power Off] Restore on AC Power Loss [Power Off] Restore on AC Power Loss [Power Off] When set to Power Off, the system goes into off state after an AC power loss. When set to Power On, the system goes on after an AC power loss. When set to Last State, the system goes into either off or on state, whatever the system state was before the AC power loss. Configuration options: [Power OFF] [Power On] [Last State] Resume On Ring [Disabled] Resume On Ring [Disabled] Resume On Ring [Disabled] Resume On Ring [Disabled] Resume On Ring [Disabled] When set to [Enabled], the system enables the RI to generate a wake event while the computer is in Soft-off mode. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Resume On PME# [Disabled] Resume On PME# [Disabled] Resume On PME# [Disabled] Resume On PME# [Disabled] Resume On PME# [Disabled] When set to [Enabled], the system enables the PME to generate a wake event while the computer is in Soft-off mode. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Resume On PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Resume On PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Resume On PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Resume On PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Resume On PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Allows you to disable the PS/2 Power-On by keyboard feature or use specific keys on the keyboard to turn on the system. This feature requires an ATX power supply that provides at least 1A on the 5VSB lead. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Resume On PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] Resume On PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] Resume On PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] Resume On PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] Resume On PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] When set to [Enabled], this parameter allows you to use the PS/2 mouse to turn on the system. This feature requires an ATX power supply that provides at least 1A on the 5VSB lead. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 2-29 2-29 2-29 2-29 2-29 2.5.6 2.5.6 2.5.6 2.5.6 2.5.6 Hardware Monitor Hardware Monitor Hardware Monitor Hardware Monitor Hardware Monitor Hardware Monitor CPU Temperature [51úC/122.5úF] MB Temperature [41úC/105.5úF] CPU Fan Speed [3813 RPM] Chassis Fan Speed [N/A] VCORE Voltage [ 1.320V] 3.3V Voltage [ 3.345V] 5V Voltage [ 5.094V] 12V Voltage [11.880V] Q-FAN Function [Disabled] CPU Temperature [xxxC/xxxF] CPU Temperature [xxxC/xxxF] CPU Temperature [xxxC/xxxF] CPU Temperature [xxxC/xxxF] CPU Temperature [xxxC/xxxF] MB Temperature [xxxC/xxxF] MB Temperature [xxxC/xxxF] MB Temperature [xxxC/xxxF] MB Temperature [xxxC/xxxF] MB Temperature [xxxC/xxxF] The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and displays the motherboard and CPU temperatures. Select Ignored if you do not wish to display the detected temperatures. CPU Fan Speed [xxxxRPM] or [N/A] CPU Fan Speed [xxxxRPM] or [N/A] CPU Fan Speed [xxxxRPM] or [N/A] CPU Fan Speed [xxxxRPM] or [N/A] CPU Fan Speed [xxxxRPM] or [N/A] The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and displays the CPU fan speed in rotations per minute (RPM). If the fan is not connected to the motherboard, the field shows N/A. Select Ignored if you do not wish to display the detected fan speed. Chassis Fan Speed [xxxxRPM] or [N/A] Chassis Fan Speed [xxxxRPM] or [N/A] Chassis Fan Speed [xxxxRPM] or [N/A] Chassis Fan Speed [xxxxRPM] or [N/A] Chassis Fan Speed [xxxxRPM] or [N/A] The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and displays the chassis fan speed in rotations per minute (RPM). If the fan is not connected to the chassis, the specific field shows N/A. Select Ignored if you do not wish to display the detected fan speed. Resume On RTC Alarm [Disabled] Resume On RTC Alarm [Disabled] Resume On RTC Alarm [Disabled] Resume On RTC Alarm [Disabled] Resume On RTC Alarm [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable RTC to generate a wake event. When this item is set to Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled , the items RTC Alarm Date, RTC Alarm Hour, RTC Alarm Minute, and RTC Alarm Second appear with set values. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
2-30 2-30 2-30 2-30 2-30 Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup 2.6 Boot menu The Boot menu items allow you to change the system boot options. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the sub-menu. Boot Settings Boot Device Priority Boot Settings Configuration Security 2.6.1 2.6.1 2.6.1 2.6.1 2.6.1 Boot Device Priority Boot Device Priority Boot Device Priority Boot Device Priority Boot Device Priority 1st ~ xxth Boot Device [1st Floppy Drive] 1st ~ xxth Boot Device [1st Floppy Drive] 1st ~ xxth Boot Device [1st Floppy Drive] 1st ~ xxth Boot Device [1st Floppy Drive] 1st ~ xxth Boot Device [1st Floppy Drive] These items specify the boot device priority sequence from the available devices. The number of device items that appears on the screen depends on the number of devices installed in the system. Configuration options: [xxxxx Drive] [Disabled] Boot Device Priority 1st Boot Device [1st FLOPPY DRIVE] 2nd Boot Device [PM-ST330620A] 3rd Boot Device [PS-ASUS CD-S360] VCORE Voltage, 3.3V Voltage, 5V Voltage, 12V Voltage VCORE Voltage, 3.3V Voltage, 5V Voltage, 12V Voltage VCORE Voltage, 3.3V Voltage, 5V Voltage, 12V Voltage VCORE Voltage, 3.3V Voltage, 5V Voltage, 12V Voltage VCORE Voltage, 3.3V Voltage, 5V Voltage, 12V Voltage The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects the voltage output through the onboard voltage regulators. Q-FAN Function [Disabled] Q-FAN Function [Disabled] Q-FAN Function [Disabled] Q-FAN Function [Disabled] Q-FAN Function [Disabled] Allows you to disable or enabled the Q-Fan function that monitors the CPU/ System temperature and smartly adjust the fan speed. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] CPU Fan Ratio [Auto] CPU Fan Ratio [Auto] CPU Fan Ratio [Auto] CPU Fan Ratio [Auto] CPU Fan Ratio [Auto] Allows you to select the appropriate the CPU fan speed ratio for the system. The default [Auto] automatically selects the fan speed ratio when operate the low CPU temperature. Select a higher ratio if you installed additional devices and the system requires more ventilation. This item appears only when the CPU Q-Fan Function is Enabled. Configuration options: Configuration options: [Auto] [90%] [80%]~[20%] The CPU Fan Ratio item appears when you enable th CPU Q-Fan Function.
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 2-31 2-31 2-31 2-31 2-31 2.6.2 2.6.2 2.6.2 2.6.2 2.6.2 Boot Settings Configuration Boot Settings Configuration Boot Settings Configuration Boot Settings Configuration Boot Settings Configuration Boot Settings Configuration Quick Boot [Enabled] Full Screen Logo [Enabled] AddOn ROM Display Mode [Force BIOS] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Wait For âÂÂF1â If Error [Enabled] Hit âÂÂDELâ Message Display [Enabled] Interrupt 19 Capture [Disabled] Allows BIOS to skip certain tests while booting. This will decrease the time needed to boot the system. Add On ROM Display Mode [Force BIOS] Add On ROM Display Mode [Force BIOS] Add On ROM Display Mode [Force BIOS] Add On ROM Display Mode [Force BIOS] Add On ROM Display Mode [Force BIOS] Sets the display mode for option ROM. Configuration options: [Force BIOS] [Keep Current] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Allows you to select the power-on state for the NumLock. Configuration options: [Off] [On] Wait for âÂÂF1â If Error [Enabled] Wait for âÂÂF1â If Error [Enabled] Wait for âÂÂF1â If Error [Enabled] Wait for âÂÂF1â If Error [Enabled] Wait for âÂÂF1â If Error [Enabled] When set to Enabled, the system waits for the F1 key to be pressed when error occurs. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Hit âÂÂDELâ Message Display [Enabled] Hit âÂÂDELâ Message Display [Enabled] Hit âÂÂDELâ Message Display [Enabled] Hit âÂÂDELâ Message Display [Enabled] Hit âÂÂDELâ Message Display [Enabled] When set to Enabled, the system displays the message âÂÂPress DEL to run Setupâ during POST. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Interrupt 19 Capture [Disabled] Interrupt 19 Capture [Disabled] Interrupt 19 Capture [Disabled] Interrupt 19 Capture [Disabled] Interrupt 19 Capture [Disabled] When set to [Enabled], this function allows the option ROMs to trap Interrupt 19. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Enabling this item allows the BIOS to skip some power on self tests (POST) while booting to decrease the time needed to boot the system. When set to [Disabled], BIOS performs all the POST items. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Full Screen Logo [Enabled] Full Screen Logo [Enabled] Full Screen Logo [Enabled] Full Screen Logo [Enabled] Full Screen Logo [Enabled] This allows you to enable or disable the full screen logo display feature. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Set this item to [Enabled] to use the ASUS MyLogo⢠feature.
2-32 2-32 2-32 2-32 2-32 Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup If you forget your BIOS password, you can clear clear it by erasing the CMOS Real Time Clock (RTC) RAM. See section âÂÂ1.9 Jumpersâ for information on how to erase the RTC RAM. 2.6.3 2.6.3 2.6.3 2.6.3 2.6.3 Security Security Security Security Security The Security menu items allow you to change the system security settings. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the configuration options. Security Settings Supervisor Password : Not Installed User Password : Not Installed Change Supervisor Password Change User Password <Enter> to change password. <Enter> again to disabled password. Change Supervisor Password Change Supervisor Password Change Supervisor Password Change Supervisor Password Change Supervisor Password Select this item to set or change the supervisor password. The Supervisor Password item on top of the screen shows the default Not Installed Not Installed Not Installed Not Installed Not Installed . After you set a password, this item shows Installed Installed Installed Installed Installed . To set a Supervisor Password: 1. Select the Change Supervisor Password item and press <Enter>. 2. From the password box, type a password composed of at least six letters and/or numbers, then press <Enter>. 3. Confirm the password when prompted. The message âÂÂPassword Installedâ appears after you successfully set your password. To change the supervisor password, follow the same steps as in setting a user password. To clear the supervisor password, select the Change Supervisor Password then press <Enter>. The message âÂÂPassword Uninstalledâ appears.
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 2-33 2-33 2-33 2-33 2-33 After you have set a supervisor password, the other items appear to allow you to change other security settings. User Access Level (Full Access] User Access Level (Full Access] User Access Level (Full Access] User Access Level (Full Access] User Access Level (Full Access] This item allows you to select the access restriction to the Setup items. Configuration options: [No Access] [View Only] [Limited] [Full Access] No Access No Access No Access No Access No Access prevents user access to the Setup utility. View Only View Only View Only View Only View Only allows access but does not allow change to any field. Limited Limited Limited Limited Limited allows changes only to selected fields, such as Date and Time. Full Access Full Access Full Access Full Access Full Access allows viewing and changing all the fields in the Setup utility. Change User Password Change User Password Change User Password Change User Password Change User Password Select this item to set or change the user password. The User Password item on top of the screen shows the default Not Installed Not Installed Not Installed Not Installed N o t I n s t a l l e d. After you set a password, this item shows Installed Installed Installed Installed Installed . To set a User Password: 1. Select the Change User Password item and press <Enter>. 2. On the password box that appears, type a password composed of at least six letters and/or numbers, then press <Enter>. 3. Confirm the password when prompted. The message âÂÂPassword Installedâ appears after you set your password successfully. To change the user password, follow the same steps as in setting a user password. Clear User Password Clear User Password Clear User Password Clear User Password Clear User Password Select this item to clear the user password. Security Settings Supervisor Password : Not Installed User Password : Not Installed Change Supervisor Password User Access Level [Full Access] Change User Password Clear User Password Password Check [Setup] Boot Sector Virus Protection [Disabled]
2-34 2-34 2-34 2-34 2-34 Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Once you are finished making your selections, choose this option from the Exit menu to ensure the values you selected are saved to the CMOS RAM. An onboard backup battery sustains the CMOS RAM so it stays on even when the PC is turned off. When you select this option, a confirmation window appears. Select Yes Yes Yes Yes Y e s to save changes and exit. 2.7 Exit menu The Exit menu items allow you to load the optimal or failsafe default values for the BIOS items, and save or discard your changes to the BIOS items. Pressing <Esc> does not immediately exit this menu. Select one of the options from this menu or <F10> from the legend bar to exit. Exit Options Exit & Save Changes Exit & Discard Changes Discard Changes Load Setup Defaults Password Check [Setup] Password Check [Setup] Password Check [Setup] Password Check [Setup] Password Check [Setup] When set to [Setup], BIOS checks for user password when accessing the Setup utility. When set to [Always], BIOS checks for user password both when accessing Setup and booting the system. Configuration options: [Setup] [Always]
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 2-35 2-35 2-35 2-35 2-35 Exit & Discard Changes Exit & Discard Changes Exit & Discard Changes Exit & Discard Changes Exit & Discard Changes Select this option only if you do not want to save the changes that you made to the Setup program. If you made changes to fields other than System Date, System Time, and Password, the BIOS asks for a confirmation before exiting. Discard Changes Discard Changes Discard Changes Discard Changes Discard Changes This option allows you to discard the selections you made and restore the previously saved values. After selecting this option, a confirmation appears. Select Yes Yes Yes Yes Y e s to discard any changes and load the previously saved values. Load Setup Defaults Load Setup Defaults Load Setup Defaults Load Setup Defaults Load Setup Defaults This option allows you to load the default values for each of the parameters on the Setup menus. When you select this option or if you press <F5>, a confirmation window appears. Select Yes Yes Yes Yes Y e s to load default values. Select Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes o r make other changes before saving the values to the non-volatile RAM. If you attempt to exit the Setup program without saving your changes, the program prompts you with a message asking if you want to save your changes before exiting. Press <Enter> to save the changes while exiting.
2-36 2-36 2-36 2-36 2-36 Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 3-1 3-1 3-1 3-1 3-1 3 Software support This chapter describes the contents of the support CD that comes with the motherboard package.
3-2 3-2 3-2 3-2 3-2 Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support If Autorun Autorun Autorun Autorun Autorun i s NOT enabled in your computer, browse the contents of the support CD to locate the file ASSETUP.EXE from the BIN folder. Double-click the ASSETUP.EXE ASSETUP.EXE ASSETUP.EXE ASSETUP.EXE ASSETUP.EXE t o run the CD. Click an item to install Click an item to install Click an item to install Click an item to install Click an item to install 3.1 Installing an operating system This motherboard supports Windows î 2000/XP/2003 Server operating systems (OS). Always install the latest OS version and corresponding updates to maximize the features of your hardware. 3.2 Support CD information The support CD that came with the motherboard package contains the drivers, software applications, and utilities that you can install to avail all motherboard features. 3.2.1 3.2.1 3.2.1 3.2.1 3.2.1 Running the support CD Running the support CD Running the support CD Running the support CD Running the support CD Place the support CD to the optical drive. The CD automatically displays the Drivers Drivers Drivers Drivers Drivers menu if Autorun is enabled in your computer. ⢠Motherboard settings and hardware options vary. Use the setup procedures presented in this chapter for reference only. Refer to your OS documentation for detailed information. ⢠Make sure that you install Windows î 2000 Service Pack 4 or the Windows î XP Service Pack 1 or later versions before installing the drivers for better compatibility and system stability. The contents of the support CD are subject to change at any time without notice. Visit the ASUS website(www.asus.com) for updates. Click an icon to Click an icon to Click an icon to Click an icon to Click an icon to display support display support display support display support display support CD/motherboard CD/motherboard CD/motherboard CD/motherboard CD/motherboard information information information information information
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 3-3 3-3 3-3 3-3 3-3 3.2.2 3.2.2 3.2.2 3.2.2 3.2.2 Drivers menu Drivers menu Drivers menu Drivers menu Drivers menu The drivers menu shows the available device drivers if the system detects installed devices. Install the necessary drivers to activate the devices. VIA VT8251 Chipset Driver VIA VT8251 Chipset Driver VIA VT8251 Chipset Driver VIA VT8251 Chipset Driver VIA VT8251 Chipset Driver Install the VIA VT8251 Chipset Driver. VIA/S3G Display Driver VIA/S3G Display Driver VIA/S3G Display Driver VIA/S3G Display Driver VIA/S3G Display Driver Install the VIA/S3G UniChrome Family Display Driver. Realtek Audio Driver Realtek Audio Driver Realtek Audio Driver Realtek Audio Driver Realtek Audio Driver Executes the wizard to install the Realtek ALC653 Audio Driver. VIA 10/100Mb LAN Driver VIA 10/100Mb LAN Driver VIA 10/100Mb LAN Driver VIA 10/100Mb LAN Driver VIA 10/100Mb LAN Driver Install the VIA Ethernet Driver. USB 2.0 Driver USB 2.0 Driver USB 2.0 Driver USB 2.0 Driver USB 2.0 Driver Installs the USB 2.0 driver.
3-4 3-4 3-4 3-4 3-4 Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support 3.2.3 3.2.3 3.2.3 3.2.3 3.2.3 Utilities menu Utilities menu Utilities menu Utilities menu Utilities menu The Utilities menu shows the applications and other software that the motherboard supports. ASUS PC Probe II ASUS PC Probe II ASUS PC Probe II ASUS PC Probe II ASUS PC Probe II This smart utility monitors the fan speed, CPU temperature, and system voltages, and alerts you of any detected problems. This utility helps you keep your computer in healthy operating condition. ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update The ASUS Update utility allows you to update the motherboard BIOS in a Windows î environment. This utility requires an Internet connection either through a network or an Internet Service Provider (ISP). See page 2-8 for details. ASUS Screen Saver ASUS Screen Saver ASUS Screen Saver ASUS Screen Saver ASUS Screen Saver Installs the ASUS screen saver. ADOBE Reader V7.0 ADOBE Reader V7.0 ADOBE Reader V7.0 ADOBE Reader V7.0 ADOBE Reader V7.0 Installs the Adobe î Acrobat î Reader V7.0. Microsoft DirectX 9.0c Microsoft DirectX 9.0c Microsoft DirectX 9.0c Microsoft DirectX 9.0c Microsoft DirectX 9.0c Installs the Microsoft î DirectX 9.0c driver. Anti-Virus Utility Anti-Virus Utility Anti-Virus Utility Anti-Virus Utility Anti-Virus Utility Installs the anti-virus program. View the online help for detailed information. This utility only support 2000/XP/XP 64bit/2003 server 64bit.
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 3-5 3-5 3-5 3-5 3-5 3.2.4 3.2.4 3.2.4 3.2.4 3.2.4 Make Disk menu Make Disk menu Make Disk menu Make Disk menu Make Disk menu The Make Disk menu allows you to make a RAID driver disk. Make VIA SATA Driver Disk Make VIA SATA Driver Disk Make VIA SATA Driver Disk Make VIA SATA Driver Disk Make VIA SATA Driver Disk Allows you to create a VIA VT8251 32/64bit RAID driver disk. 3.2.5 3.2.5 3.2.5 3.2.5 3.2.5 Manuals menu Manuals menu Manuals menu Manuals menu Manuals menu The Manuals menu contains a list of supplementary user manuals. Click an item to open the folder of the user manual. Most user manual files are in Portable Document Format (PDF). Install the Adobe î Acrobat î Reader from the Utilities menu Utilities menu Utilities menu Utilities menu Utilities menu before opening a user manual file. Intel LGA775 CPU Install UserâÂÂs Manual Intel LGA775 CPU Install UserâÂÂs Manual Intel LGA775 CPU Install UserâÂÂs Manual Intel LGA775 CPU Install UserâÂÂs Manual Intel LGA775 CPU Install UserâÂÂs Manual Allows you to open the Intel î LGA775 CPU installation guide.
3-6 3-6 3-6 3-6 3-6 Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support 3.2.6 3.2.6 3.2.6 3.2.6 3.2.6 ASUS Contact information ASUS Contact information ASUS Contact information ASUS Contact information ASUS Contact information Click the Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact tab to display the ASUS contact information. You can also find this information on the inside front cover of this user guide.
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 3-7 3-7 3-7 3-7 3-7 3.3 RAID configurations The motherboard supports the following RAID configurations. RAID 0 RAID 0 RAID 0 RAID 0 RAID 0 (Data striping) optimizes two identical hard disk drives to read and write data in parallel, interleaved stacks. Two hard disks perform the same work as a single drive but at a sustained data transfer rate, double that of a single disk alone, thus improving data access and storage. Use of two new identical hard disk drives is required for this setup. RAID 1 RAID 1 RAID 1 RAID 1 RAID 1 (Data mirroring) copies and maintains an identical image of data from one drive to a second drive. If one drive fails, the disk array management software directs all applications to the surviving drive as it contains a complete copy of the data in the other drive. This RAID configuration provides data protection and increases fault tolerance to the entire system. Use two new drives or use an existing drive and a new drive for this setup. The new drive must be of the same size or larger than the existing drive. RAID 0 1 RAID 0 1 RAID 0 1 RAID 0 1 RAID 0 1 i s data striping and data mirroring combined without parity (redundancy data) having to be calculated and written. With the RAID 0 1 configuration you get all the benefits of both RAID 0 and RAID 1 configurations. Use four new hard disk drives or use an existing drive and three new drives for this setup. JBOD JBOD JBOD JBOD JBOD (Spanning) stands for Just a Bunch of Disks Just a Bunch of Disks Just a Bunch of Disks Just a Bunch of Disks Just a Bunch of Disks and refers to hard disk drives that are not yet configured as a RAID set. This configuration stores the same data redundantly on multiple disks that appear as a single disk on the operating system. Spanning does not deliver any advantage over using separate disks independently and does not provide fault tolerance or other RAID performance benefits.
3-8 3-8 3-8 3-8 3-8 Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support 3.3.1 3.3.1 3.3.1 3.3.1 3.3.1 Installing hard disks Installing hard disks Installing hard disks Installing hard disks Installing hard disks The motherboard supports RAID function on Serial ATA hard disk drives. For optimal performance, install identical drives of the same model and capacity when creating a disk array. Installing Serial ATA (SATA) hard disks Installing Serial ATA (SATA) hard disks Installing Serial ATA (SATA) hard disks Installing Serial ATA (SATA) hard disks Installing Serial ATA (SATA) hard disks To install the SATA hard disks for a RAID configuration: 1. Install the SATA hard disks into the drive bays. 2. Connect the SATA signal cables. 3. Connect a SATA power cable to the power connector on each drive. If you want to boot the system from a hard disk drive included in a RAID set, copy first the RAID driver from the support CD to a floppy disk before you install an operating system to a selected hard disk drive. Refer to section âÂÂ3.4 Creating a RAID driver diskâ for details. Refer to the RAID controllers user manual in the motherboard support CD for detailed information on RAID configurations. See section âÂÂ3.2.4 Manuals menuâÂÂ. Entering VIA Tech RAID BIOS Utility Entering VIA Tech RAID BIOS Utility Entering VIA Tech RAID BIOS Utility Entering VIA Tech RAID BIOS Utility Entering VIA Tech RAID BIOS Utility 1. Boot-up your computer. 2. During POST, press <Tab> to enter VIA RAID configuration utility. The following menu options will appear. The RAID BIOS information on the setup screen shown below is for reference only. What you see on your screen may not exactly match what is shown here.
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 3-9 3-9 3-9 3-9 3-9 Create Array Create Array Create Array Create Array Create Array From the VIA RAID BIOS utility main menu, select Create Array Create Array Create Array Create Array Create Array then press <Enter> <Enter> <Enter> <Enter> <Enter> . The main menu items on the upper-left corner of the screen are replaced with create array menu options. RAID 0 for performance RAID 0 for performance RAID 0 for performance RAID 0 for performance RAID 0 for performance 1. From the create array menu, select Array Mode Array Mode Array Mode Array Mode Array Mode , then press <Enter>. The supported RAID configurations appear on a pop-up menu. 2. Select RAID 0 for performance RAID 0 for performance RAID 0 for performance RAID 0 for performance RAID 0 for performance then press <Enter>. From this point, you may choose to auto-configure the RAID array by selecting Auto Setup for Performance Auto Setup for Performance Auto Setup for Performance Auto Setup for Performance Auto Setup for Performance o r manually configure the RAID array for stripped sets. If you want to auto-configure, proceed to the next step, otherwise, skip to step 5. 3. Select Auto Setup for Performance Auto Setup for Performance Auto Setup for Performance Auto Setup for Performance Auto Setup for Performance and press <Enter>. The following confirmation message appears. Auto create array will destroy all data on disks, Continue? (Y/N) Auto Setup For Data Security Array Mode RAID 1 (Mirroring) Select Disk Drives Start Create Process VIA Tech. VT8251 Series SATA RAID BIOS Ver 1.xx Create a RAID array with the hard disks attached to VIA RAID controller F1 : View Array/Disk Status â â â â â , â â â â â : Move to next item Enter : Confirm the selection ESC : Exit Channel Drive Name Array Name Mode Size(GB) Status Serial_Ch0 Master XXXXXXXXXXX ARRAY 0 SATA 999.99 XXXXXXX Serial_Ch1 Master XXXXXXXXXXX ARRAY 0 SATA 999.99 XXXXXXX RAID 1 for data protection RAID SPAN for capacity RAID 0 for performance
3-10 3-10 3-10 3-10 3-10 Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support Use arrow keys to move selection bar on items and press <Enter> to select. 7. Select Start Create Process Start Create Process Start Create Process Start Create Process Start Create Process and press <Enter> to set up hard disk for RAID system. The following confirmation message appears: 8. Press <Y> to confirm or <N> to return to the configuration options. 9. Press <Esc> to go back to main menu. RAID 1 for data protection RAID 1 for data protection RAID 1 for data protection RAID 1 for data protection RAID 1 for data protection 1. From the create array menu, select Array Mode Array Mode Array Mode Array Mode Array Mode , then press <Enter>. The supported RAID configurations appear on a pop-up menu. The data on the selected disks will be destroyed. Continue? (Y/N) 4K 8K 16K 32K 64K RAID 0 for performance RAID 1 for data protection RAID 0/1 RAID SPAN for capacity RAID 1 for data protection TIP: TIP: TIP: TIP: TIP: For server systems, use of a lower array block size is recommended. For multimedia computer systems used mainly for audio and video editing, a higher array block size is recommended for optimum performance. 4. Press <Y> to confirm or <N> to return to the configuration options. If you selected <Y>, proceed to step 9. 5. Select Select Disk Drives Select Disk Drives Select Disk Drives Select Disk Drives Select Disk Drives , then press <Enter>. Use arrow keys to select disk drive, then press <Enter> to mark selected drive. An asterisk appears before a selected drive. 6. Select Block Size Block Size Block Size Block Size Block Size , then press <Enter> to set array block size. A list of valid array block sizes are displayed on a pop-up menu. 2. Select RAID 1 for data protection RAID 1 for data protection RAID 1 for data protection RAID 1 for data protection RAID 1 for data protection then press <Enter>.
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 3-11 3-11 3-11 3-11 3-11 8. If you select <Y> the utility will duplicate your data. Press <Y> anytime if you want to exit the duplication process. 3. From this point, you can auto-configure the RAID array by selecting Auto Setup for Data Security Auto Setup for Data Security Auto Setup for Data Security Auto Setup for Data Security Auto Setup for Data Security o r manually configure the RAID array for mirrored sets. If you want to auto-configure, proceed to the next step, otherwise, skip to step 6. 4. Select Auto Setup for Data Security Auto Setup for Data Security Auto Setup for Data Security Auto Setup for Data Security Auto Setup for Data Security and press <Enter>. The following confirmation message appears. The data on the selected disks will be destroyed. Continue? (Y/N) 10. Press <Y> to confirm or <N> to return to the configuration options. 11. Press <Esc> to go back to main menu. Auto create array will destroy all data on disks, Continue? (Y/N) 5. Press <Y> to confirm or <N> to return to the configuration options. If you selected <Y>, proceed to step 11. 6. Select Select Disk Drives Select Disk Drives Select Disk Drives Select Disk Drives Select Disk Drives , then press <Enter>. Use arrow keys to select disk drive/s, then press <Enter>. An asterisk appears before a selected drive. 7. Select Start Create Process Start Create Process Start Create Process Start Create Process Start Create Process and press <Enter> to setup hard disk for RAID system. The following inquiry appears: Save the data on source disk to mirror after creation? (Y/N) Duplicating... RAID 1 for data protection Press Yes(Y) to Escape 9. If you select <N>, the following confirmation message appears.
3-12 3-12 3-12 3-12 3-12 Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support 3.4 Creating a RAID driver disk A floppy disk with the RAID driver is required when installing Windows î 2000/XP or later operating system on a hard disk drive that is included in a RAID set. To create a RAID driver disk: 1. Place the motherboard support CD into the CD-ROM drive. 2. When the Drivers Drivers Drivers Drivers Drivers menu appears, click Make VIA VT8251 32/ Make VIA VT8251 32/ Make VIA VT8251 32/ Make VIA VT8251 32/ Make VIA VT8251 32/ 64bit RAID Driver Disk 64bit RAID Driver Disk 64bit RAID Driver Disk 64bit RAID Driver Disk 64bit RAID Driver Disk t o create a VIA RAID driver disk Or Browse the contents of the support CD to locate the driver disk utility and go to \Drivers\Chipset\EIA 4 in 1\Disk \Drivers\Chipset\EIA 4 in 1\Disk \Drivers\Chipset\EIA 4 in 1\Disk \Drivers\Chipset\EIA 4 in 1\Disk \Drivers\Chipset\EIA 4 in 1\Disk for the VIA RAID driver disk utility 3 Insert floppy disk to floppy disk drive. 4. Follow succeeding screen information to complete process. 5. Write-protect the floppy disk to avoid computer virus infection. To install the RAID driver: 1. During the OS installation, the system prompts you to press the F6 key to install third-party SCSI or RAID driver. 2. Press <F6> then insert the floppy disk with RAID driver into the floppy disk drive. 3. Follow the succeeding screen instructions to complete the installation. Refer to section âÂÂ3.2.2 Drivers menuâ for details.
ii ii ii ii ii Copyright é 2006 ASUST eK COMPUTER INC. All Rights Reserved. No part of this manual, including the products and software described in it, may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated into any language in any form or by any means, except documentation kept by the purchaser for backup purposes, without the express written permission of ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. (âÂÂASUSâÂÂ). Product warranty or service will not be extended if: (1) the product is repaired, modified or altered, unless such repair , modification of alteration is authorized in writing by ASUS; or (2) the serial number of the product is defaced or missing. ASUS PROVIDES THIS MANUAL âÂÂAS ISâ WITHOUT W ARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANT ABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A P ARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL ASUS, ITS DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT , SPECIAL, INCIDENT AL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF USE OR DA T A, INTERRUPTION OF BUSINESS AND THE LIKE), EVEN IF ASUS HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES ARISING FROM ANY DEFECT OR ERROR IN THIS MANUAL OR PRODUCT . SPECIFICA TIONS AND INFORMA TION CONT AINED IN THIS MANUAL ARE FURNISHED FOR INFORMA TIONAL USE ONL Y , AND ARE SUBJECT T O CHANGE A T ANY TIME WITHOUT NOTICE, AND SHOULD NOT BE CONSTRUED AS A COMMITMENT BY ASUS. ASUS ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS OR INACCURACIES THA T MA Y APPEAR IN THIS MANUAL, INCLUDING THE PRODUCTS AND SOFTW ARE DESCRIBED IN IT . Products and corporate names appearing in this manual may or may not be registered trademarks or copyrights of their respective companies, and are used only for identification or explanation and to the ownersâ benefit, without intent to infringe. E2545 E2545 E2545 E2545 E2545 Revised Edition V2 Revised Edition V2 Revised Edition V2 Revised Edition V2 Revised Edition V2 March 2006 March 2006 March 2006 March 2006 March 2006
iii iii iii iii iii Contents Notices ................................................................................................ vi Safety information ............................................................................. vii About this guide ............................................................................... viii P5VDC-MX specifications summary ..................................................... x Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.1 Welcome! .............................................................................. 1-2 1.2 Package contents ................................................................. 1-2 1.3 Special features .................................................................... 1-2 1.3.1 Product highlights ................................................... 1-2 1.3.2 Innovative ASUS features ....................................... 1-4 1.4 Before you proceed .............................................................. 1-5 1.5 Motherboard overview .......................................................... 1-6 1.5.1 Placement direction ................................................ 1-6 1.5.2 Screw holes ............................................................ 1-6 1.5.3 Motherboard layout ................................................ 1-7 1.6 Central Processing Unit (CPU) .............................................. 1-8 1.6.1 Installling the CPU ................................................... 1-8 1.6.2 Installling the CPU heatsink and fan ..................... 1-11 1.6.3 Uninstalling the CPU heatsink and fan .................. 1-13 1.7 System memory ................................................................. 1-15 1.7.1 Overview ............................................................... 1-15 1.7.2 Memory Configurations ......................................... 1-15 1.7.3 DDR Qualified Vendors List ................................... 1-16 1.7.4 Installing a DDR DIMM (blue slots) ........................ 1-18 1.7.5 Removing a DDR DIMM .......................................... 1-18 1.7.6 Installing a DDR2 DIMM (yellow slots) .................. 1-19 1.7.7 Removing a DDR2 DIMM ........................................ 1-19 1.8 Expansion slots ................................................................... 1-20 1.8.1 Installing an expansion card .................................. 1-20 1.8.2 Configuring an expansion card .............................. 1-20 1.8.3 Interrupt assignments .......................................... 1-21 1.8.4 PCI slots ................................................................ 1-22 1.8.5 PCI Express x1 slot ............................................... 1-22 1.8.6 AGP slot ................................................................ 1-22
iv iv iv iv iv Contents 1.9 Jumpers .............................................................................. 1-23 1.10 Connectors ......................................................................... 1-25 1.10.1 Rear panel connectors .......................................... 1-25 1.10.2 Internal connectors ............................................... 1-26 Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup 2.1 Managing and updating your BIOS ........................................ 2-2 2.1.1 Creating a bootable floppy disk .............................. 2-2 2.1.2 ASUS EZ Flash utility .............................................. 2-3 2.1.3 AFUDOS utility ........................................................ 2-4 2.1.4 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 utility ................................ 2-6 2.1.5 ASUS Update utility ................................................ 2-8 2.2 BIOS setup program ........................................................... 2-11 2.2.1 BIOS menu screen ................................................. 2-12 2.2.2 Menu bar ............................................................... 2-12 2.2.3 Navigation keys .................................................... 2-12 2.2.4 Menu items ........................................................... 2-13 2.2.5 Sub-menu items ................................................... 2-13 2.2.6 Configuration fields .............................................. 2-13 2.2.7 Pop-up window ..................................................... 2-13 2.2.8 Scroll bar .............................................................. 2-13 2.2.9 General help .......................................................... 2-13 2.3 Main menu .......................................................................... 2-14 2.3.1 System Time [xx:xx:xxxx] ..................................... 2-14 2.3.2 System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] ............................ 2-14 2.3.3 Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] ...................... 2-14 2.3.4 Primary and Secondary IDE Master/Slave ............. 2-15 2.3.5 System Information .............................................. 2-16 2.4 Advanced menu .................................................................. 2-17 2.4.1 JumperFree Configuration .................................... 2-17 2.4.2 USB Configuration ................................................. 2-18 2.4.3 CPU Configuration ................................................. 2-19 2.4.4 Chipset ................................................................. 2-20 2.4.5 Onboard Devices Configuration ............................ 2-24
v v v v v Contents 2.4.6 PCI PnP ................................................................. 2-25 2.5 Power menu ........................................................................ 2-27 2.5.1 Suspend Mode [Auto] .......................................... 2-27 2.5.2 Repost Video on S3 Resume [No] ........................ 2-27 2.5.3 ACPI 2.0 Support [No] ......................................... 2-27 2.5.4 ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] ................................ 2-27 2.5.5 APM Configuration ................................................ 2-28 2.5.6 Hardware Monitor ................................................. 2-29 2.6 Boot menu .......................................................................... 2-30 2.6.1 Boot Device Priority .............................................. 2-30 2.6.2 Boot Settings Configuration ................................. 2-31 2.6.3 Security ................................................................ 2-32 2.7 Exit menu ........................................................................... 2-34 Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support 3.1 Installing an operating system ............................................. 3-2 3.2 Support CD information ........................................................ 3-2 3.2.1 Running the support CD ......................................... 3-2 3.2.2 Drivers menu .......................................................... 3-3 3.2.3 Utilities menu .......................................................... 3-4 3.2.4 Make Disk menu ...................................................... 3-5 3.2.5 Manuals menu ......................................................... 3-5 3.2.6 ASUS Contact information ...................................... 3-6 3.3 RAID configurations .............................................................. 3-7 3.3.1 Installing hard disks ................................................ 3-8 3.4 Creating a RAID driver disk ................................................. 3-12
vi vi vi vi vi Notices Federal Communications Commission Statement Federal Communications Commission Statement Federal Communications Commission Statement Federal Communications Commission Statement Federal Communications Commission Statement This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: ⢠This device may not cause harmful interference, and ⢠This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with manufacturerâÂÂs instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures: ⢠Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. ⢠Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. ⢠Connect the equipment to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. ⢠Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. Canadian Department of Communications Statement Canadian Department of Communications Statement Canadian Department of Communications Statement Canadian Department of Communications Statement Canadian Department of Communications Statement This digital apparatus does not exceed the Class B limits for radio noise emissions from digital apparatus set out in the Radio Interference Regulations of the Canadian Department of Communications. This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003. ICES-003. ICES-003. ICES-003. ICES-003. The use of shielded cables for connection of the monitor to the graphics card is required to assure compliance with FCC regulations. Changes or modifications to this unit not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the userâÂÂs authority to operate this equipment.
vii vii vii vii vii Safety information Electrical safety Electrical safety Electrical safety Electrical safety Electrical safety ⢠To prevent electrical shock hazard, disconnect the power cable from the electrical outlet before relocating the system. ⢠When adding or removing devices to or from the system, ensure that the power cables for the devices are unplugged before the signal cables are connected. If possible, disconnect all power cables from the existing system before you add a device. ⢠Before connecting or removing signal cables from the motherboard, ensure that all power cables are unplugged. ⢠Seek professional assistance before using an adapter or extension cord. These devices could interrupt the grounding circuit. ⢠Make sure that your power supply is set to the correct voltage in your area. If you are not sure about the voltage of the electrical outlet you are using, contact your local power company. ⢠If the power supply is broken, do not try to fix it by yourself. Contact a qualified service technician or your retailer. Operation safety Operation safety Operation safety Operation safety Operation safety ⢠Before installing the motherboard and adding devices on it, carefully read all the manuals that came with the package. ⢠Before using the product, make sure all cables are correctly connected and the power cables are not damaged. If you detect any damage, contact your dealer immediately. ⢠To avoid short circuits, keep paper clips, screws, and staples away from connectors, slots, sockets and circuitry. ⢠Avoid dust, humidity, and temperature extremes. Do not place the product in any area where it may become wet. ⢠Place the product on a stable surface. ⢠If you encounter technical problems with the product, contact a qualified service technician or your retailer. This symbol of the crossed out wheeled bin indicates that the product (electrical and electronic equipment) should not be placed in municipal waste. Please check local regulations for disposal of electronic products.
viii viii viii viii viii About this guide This user guide contains the information you need when installing and configuring the motherboard. How this guide is organized How this guide is organized How this guide is organized How this guide is organized How this guide is organized This manual contains the following parts: ⢠⢠⢠⢠⢠Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction This chapter describes the features of the motherboard and the new technology it supports. This chapter also lists the hardware setup procedures that you have to perform when installing system components. It includes description of the jumpers and connectors on the motherboard. ⢠⢠⢠⢠⢠Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup This chapter tells how to change system settings through the BIOS Setup menus. Detailed descriptions of the BIOS parameters are also provided. ⢠⢠⢠⢠⢠Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support This chapter describes the contents of the support CD that comes with the motherboard package. Where to find more information Where to find more information Where to find more information Where to find more information Where to find more information Refer to the following sources for additional information and for product and software updates. 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. ASUS websites ASUS websites ASUS websites ASUS websites ASUS websites The ASUS website provides updated information on ASUS hardware and software products. Refer to the ASUS contact information. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. Optional documentation Optional documentation Optional documentation Optional documentation Optional documentation Your product package may include optional documentation, such as warranty flyers, that may have been added by your dealer. These documents are not part of the standard package.
ix ix ix ix ix Conventions used in this guide Conventions used in this guide Conventions used in this guide Conventions used in this guide Conventions used in this guide To make sure that you perform certain tasks properly, take note of the following symbols used throughout this manual. Typography DANGER/WARNING: DANGER/WARNING: DANGER/WARNING: DANGER/WARNING: DANGER/WARNING: Information to prevent injury to yourself when trying to complete a task. CAUTION: CAUTION: CAUTION: CAUTION: CAUTION: Information to prevent damage to the components when trying to complete a task. NOTE: NOTE: NOTE: NOTE: NOTE: Tips and additional information to help you complete a task. IMPORTANT: IMPORTANT: IMPORTANT: IMPORTANT: IMPORTANT: Instructions that you MUST follow to complete a task. Bold text Bold text Bold text Bold text Bold text Indicates a menu or an item to select Italics Used to emphasize a word or a phrase <Key> Keys enclosed in the less-than and greater-than sign means that you must press the enclosed key Example: <Enter> means that you must press the Enter or Return key <Key1 Key2 Key3> If you must press two or more keys simultaneously, the key names are linked with a plus sign ( ) Example: <Ctrl Alt D> Command Means that you must type the command exactly as shown, then supply the required item or value enclosed in brackets Example: At the DOS prompt, type the command line: afudos /i[filename] afudos /iP5VDCMX.ROM
x x x x x P5VDC-MX specifications summary CPU CPU CPU CPU CPU Chipset Chipset Chipset Chipset Chipset Front Side Bus Front Side Bus Front Side Bus Front Side Bus Front Side Bus Memory Memory Memory Memory Memory Expansion slots Expansion slots Expansion slots Expansion slots Expansion slots VGA VGA VGA VGA VGA Storage Storage Storage Storage Storage LAN LAN LAN LAN LAN Audio Audio Audio Audio Audio Other ASUS Other ASUS Other ASUS Other ASUS Other ASUS Special Features Special Features Special Features Special Features Special Features Back panel I/O Back panel I/O Back panel I/O Back panel I/O Back panel I/O Ports Ports Ports Ports Ports LGA775 socket for Intel î Pentium î D/Pentium î 4/ Celeron CPU Compatible with Intel î 05B/05A and 04B/ 04A processor Supports Intel î EM64T/Hyper-Threading Technology (Note: Due to chipset limitation, the Intel Enhanced Intel SpeedStep Technology, C1E, and TM2 are not supported in this model) Northbridge: VIA P4M800 PRO Southbridge: VIA VT8251 800/533 MHz 2 x 240-pin DIMM sockets support max. 2GB DDR2 533/400 non-ECC, unbuffered memory. 2 x 184-pin DIMM sockets support max. 2GB DDR 400/ 333/266 non-ECC, unbuffered memory (Note:DDR and DDR2 memory can not be used simulltaneously) 1 x AGP 8X/4X (1.5V only) 1 x PCI Express x1 2 x PCI, PCI 2.2 Integrated VIA UniChrome Graphics, up to 64MB shared memory South Bridge: VT8251 2 x UltraDMA 133/100/66 4 x Serial ATA 3Gb/s with RAID 0, 1, 0 1 & JBOD function Realtek RTL8201CL 10/100 LAN controller Realtek ALC653 ACâÂÂ97 6-channel Audio CODEC ASUS Q-Fan ASUS EZ Flash CrashFree BIOS 2 ASUS MyLogo 1 x Parallel port 1 x RJ-45 4 x USB 2.0/1.1 1 x VGA out 1 x Serial port 1 x PS/2 keyboard 1 x PS/2 mouse 1 x 6-Channel Audio I/O (continued on the next page)
xi xi xi xi xi *Specifications are subject to change without notice. P5VDC-MX specifications summary BIOS BIOS BIOS BIOS BIOS Manageability Manageability Manageability Manageability Manageability USB USB USB USB USB Internal I/O Internal I/O Internal I/O Internal I/O Internal I/O connectors connectors connectors connectors connectors Form Factor Form Factor Form Factor Form Factor Form Factor Support CD Support CD Support CD Support CD Support CD contents contents contents contents contents 4 Mb Flash ROM, AMI BIOS, PnP, WfM2.0, DMI2.0, SM BIOS 2.3 WOL by PME, WOR by PME, Chassis Intrussion, PXE, RPL Max. 8 USB 2.0 ports 2 x USB 2.0/1.1 connector supports additional 4 USB ports 4 x SATA connector 2 x IDE connector CPU/Chassis fan connectors Game/MIDI connector 24-pin EATX Power connector 4-pin ATX 12 V Power connector CD/AUX audio-in connector Chassis Intrusion 1 x Floppy disk drive connector 1 x S/PDIF out connector Front panel audio connector System panel connector mATX Form Factor, 9.6 in x 9.6 in (24.5 cm x 24.5 cm) Drivers ASUS PC Probe ASUS Live Update utility Anti-virus software (OEM version)
xii xii xii xii xii
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 1-1 1-1 1-1 1-1 1-1 1 Product introduction This chapter describes the motherboard features and the new technologies it supports.
1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.1 Welcome! Thank you for buying an ASUS Thank you for buying an ASUS Thank you for buying an ASUS Thank you for buying an ASUS Thank you for buying an ASUS î î î î î P5VDC-MX motherboard! P5VDC-MX motherboard! P5VDC-MX motherboard! P5VDC-MX motherboard! P5VDC-MX motherboard! The motherboard delivers a host of new features and latest technologies, making it another standout in the long line of ASUS quality motherboards! Before you start installing the motherboard, and hardware devices on it, check the items in your package with the list below. 1.2 Package contents Check your motherboard package for the following items. Motherboard Motherboard Motherboard Motherboard Motherboard ASUS P5VDC-MX motherboard Cables Cables Cables Cables Cables 1 x Serial ATA power cable 1 x Serial ATA signal cable 1 x Ultra DMA 133/100 cables 1 x Floppy disk drive cable Accessories Accessories Accessories Accessories Accessories I/O shield Application CDs Application CDs Application CDs Application CDs Application CDs ASUS motherboard support CD Documentation Documentation Documentation Documentation Documentation User guide If any of the above items is damaged or missing, contact your retailer. 1.3 Special features 1.3.1 1.3.1 1.3.1 1.3.1 1.3.1 Product highlights Product highlights Product highlights Product highlights Product highlights Latest processor technology Latest processor technology Latest processor technology Latest processor technology Latest processor technology The motherboard comes with a 775-pin surface mount Land Grid Array (LGA) socket designed for the Intel î Pentium î 4 processor in the 775-land package. The motherboard supports the Intel î Pentium î 4 processor with 800 MHz Front Side Bus (FSB), and core speed of up to 3.8 GHz. The motherboard also supports the Intel î Hyper-Threading Technology and is fully compatible with Intel î 05B/05A and 04B/04A processors. See page 1-8 for details.
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 64-bit CPU support 64-bit CPU support 64-bit CPU support 64-bit CPU support 64-bit CPU support 64-bit computing, the next generation technology to replace current 32-bit architecture, delivers advanced system performance, faster memory access and increased productivity. This motherboard provides excellent compatibility and flexibility by supporting either 64-bit or 32-bit architecture. Dual-Core CPU Dual-Core CPU Dual-Core CPU Dual-Core CPU Dual-Core CPU Enjoy the extraordinary CPU power from the latest dual-core CPU. The advanced processing technology contains two physical CPU cores with individually dedicated L2 cache to satisfy the rising demand for more powerful processing capability. AGP 8X support AGP 8X support AGP 8X support AGP 8X support AGP 8X support The AGP 8X (AGP 3.0) VGA interface specification enables enhanced graphics performance with high bandwidth speeds up to 2.12 GB/s. Serial ATA II technology Serial ATA II technology Serial ATA II technology Serial ATA II technology Serial ATA II technology The motherboard supports the Serial ATA II technology through the Serial ATA interfaces and the VIA VT8251 chipset. The SATA specification allows for thinner, more flexible cables with lower pin count, reduced voltage requirement, and up to 300 MB/s data transfer rate. See page 1-28 for details. Onboard RAID solution Onboard RAID solution Onboard RAID solution Onboard RAID solution Onboard RAID solution The onboard VIA VT8251 chipset allows RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 0 1 and JBOD configuration for four SATA connectors. Refer to page 3-7~3-12 for details. USB 2.0 technology USB 2.0 technology USB 2.0 technology USB 2.0 technology USB 2.0 technology The motherboard implements the Universal Serial Bus (USB) 2.0 specification, dramatically increasing the connection speed from the 12 Mbps bandwidth on USB 1.1 to a fast 480 Mbps on USB 2.0. USB 2.0 is backward compatible with USB 1.1. See page 1-24, 1-26, 1-31 for details.
1-4 1-4 1-4 1-4 1-4 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.3.2 1.3.2 1.3.2 1.3.2 1.3.2 Innovative ASUS features Innovative ASUS features Innovative ASUS features Innovative ASUS features Innovative ASUS features CrashFree BIOS 2 CrashFree BIOS 2 CrashFree BIOS 2 CrashFree BIOS 2 CrashFree BIOS 2 This feature allows you to restore the original BIOS data from the support CD in case when the BIOS codes and data are corrupted. This protection eliminates the need to buy a replacement ROM chip. See details on page 2-6. ASUS EZ Flash BIOS ASUS EZ Flash BIOS ASUS EZ Flash BIOS ASUS EZ Flash BIOS ASUS EZ Flash BIOS With the ASUS EZ Flash, you can easily update the system BIOS even before loading the operating system. No need to use a DOS-based utility or boot from a floppy disk. See page 2-3 for details. ASUS Q-Fan technology ASUS Q-Fan technology ASUS Q-Fan technology ASUS Q-Fan technology ASUS Q-Fan technology The ASUS Q-Fan technology smartly adjusts the CPU fan speed according to the system loading to ensure quiet, cool, and efficient operation. See page 2-30 for deails. AUDIO CODEC The Realtek ALC653 is an ACâÂÂ97 CODEC that allows 6-channel audio playback. The audio CODEC provides six DAC channels for 5.1 surround sound, AUX, and Line In stereo inputs.
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 1-5 1-5 1-5 1-5 1-5 Onboard LED Onboard LED Onboard LED Onboard LED Onboard LED The motherboard comes with a standby power LED that lights up to indicate that the system is ON, in sleep mode, or in soft-off mode. This is a reminder that you should shut down the system and unplug the power cable before removing or plugging in any motherboard component. The illustration below shows the location of the onboard LED. 1.4 Before you proceed Take note of the following precautions before you install motherboard components or change any motherboard settings. ⢠Unplug the power cord from the wall socket before touching any component. ⢠Use a grounded wrist strap or touch a safely grounded object or to a metal object, such as the power supply case, before handling components to avoid damaging them due to static electricity ⢠Hold components by the edges to avoid touching the ICs on them. ⢠Whenever you uninstall any component, place it on a grounded antistatic pad or in the bag that came with the component. ⢠Before you install or remove any component, ensure Before you install or remove any component, ensure Before you install or remove any component, ensure Before you install or remove any component, ensure Before you install or remove any component, ensure that the ATX power supply is switched off or the that the ATX power supply is switched off or the that the ATX power supply is switched off or the that the ATX power supply is switched off or the that the ATX power supply is switched off or the power cord is detached from the power supply. power cord is detached from the power supply. power cord is detached from the power supply. power cord is detached from the power supply. power cord is detached from the power supply. Failure to do so may cause severe damage to the motherboard, peripherals, and/or components. P5VDC-MX î P5VDC-MX Onboard LED SB_PWR ON Standby Power OFF Powere d Off
1-6 1-6 1-6 1-6 1-6 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction P5VDC-MX î 1.5 Motherboard overview Before you install the motherboard, study the configuration of your chassis to ensure that the motherboard fits into it. Make sure to unplug the power cord before installing or removing the motherboard. Failure to do so can cause you physical injury and damage motherboard components. Do not overtighten the screws! Doing so can damage the motherboard. 1.5.1 1.5.1 1.5.1 1.5.1 1.5.1 Placement direction Placement direction Placement direction Placement direction Placement direction When installing the motherboard, make sure that you place it into the chassis in the correct orientation. The edge with external ports goes to the rear part of the chassis as indicated in the image below. 1.5.2 1.5.2 1.5.2 1.5.2 1.5.2 Screw holes Screw holes Screw holes Screw holes Screw holes Place eight (8) screws into the holes indicated by circles to secure the motherboard to the chassis. Place this side towards Place this side towards Place this side towards Place this side towards Place this side towards the rear of the chassis the rear of the chassis the rear of the chassis the rear of the chassis the rear of the chassis
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 1-7 1-7 1-7 1-7 1-7 1.5.3 1.5.3 1.5.3 1.5.3 1.5.3 Motherboard layout Motherboard layout Motherboard layout Motherboard layout Motherboard layout 24.5cm (9.6in) PCI1 P5VDC-MX 4Mb BIOS ALC653 USBPW56 USBPW78 CHA_FAN USB56 24.5cm (9.6in) PCI2 AGP P ANEL A TX12V CPU_FAN Super I/O FP_AUDIO DDR_2 (64 bit,184-pin module) EA TXPWR S ATA 3 FLOPPY CR2032 3V Lithium Cell CMOS Power VIA VT8251 VIA P4M800 PRO PCIEX1 PS/2KBMS T : Mouse B: K eyboard Below:Mic In Center:Line Out T op:Line In USB34 LAN_USB12 COM1 P ARALLEL PORT VGA DDR_1 (64 bit,184-pin module) S ATA 4 S ATA 1 S ATA 2 PRI_IDE USB78 USBPW12 USBPW34 KBPWR AUX1 CD1 CLRTC SB_PWR SPDIF_OUT CHASSIS RTL8201CL î LGA775 GAME DDR2_2 (64 bit,240-pin module) DDR2_1 (64 bit,240-pin module) SEC_IDE
1-8 1-8 1-8 1-8 1-8 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.6.1 1.6.1 1.6.1 1.6.1 1.6.1 Installling the CPU Installling the CPU Installling the CPU Installling the CPU Installling the CPU To install a CPU: 1. Locate the CPU socket on the motherboard. 1.6 Central Processing Unit (CPU) The motherboard comes with a surface mount LGA775 socket designed for the Intel î Pentium î 4/Intel î Pentium î D processor in the 775-land package. ⢠Your boxed Intel î Pentium î 4 LGA775 processor package should come with installation instructions for the CPU, fan and heatsink assembly. If the instructions in this section do not match the CPU documentation, follow the latter. ⢠Upon purchase of the motherboard, make sure that the PnP cap is on the socket and the socket pins are not bent. Contact your retailer immediately if the PnP cap is missing, or if you see any damage to the PnP cap/socket pins/motherboard components. ASUS will shoulder the cost of repair only if the damage is shipment/ transit-related. ⢠Keep the cap after installing the motherboard. ASUS will process Return Merchandise Authorization (RMA) requests only if the motherboard comes with the cap on the LGA775 socket. ⢠The product warranty does not cover damage to the socket pins resulting from incorrect CPU installation/removal, or misplacement/ loss/incorrect removal of the PnP cap. Before installing the CPU, make sure that the socket box is facing towards you and the load lever is on your left. P5VDC-MX î P5VDC-MX CPU Socket 775 ⢠Due to chipset limitation.The motherboard does not support Enhanced Intel SpeedStep technology, C1E and TM2 technology. ⢠This motherboard does not support Intel î Pentium î Processor Extreme Edition.
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 1-9 1-9 1-9 1-9 1-9 3. Lift the load lever in the direction of the arrow to a 135ú angle. 4. Lift the load plate with your thumb and forefinger to a 100ú angle (A), then push the PnP cap from the load plate window to remove (B). To prevent damage to the socket pins, do not remove the PnP cap unless you are installing a CPU. 5. Position the CPU over the socket, making sure that the gold triangle is on the bottom-left corner of the socket. The socket alignment key should fit into the CPU notch. 2. Press the load lever with your thumb (A) and move it to the left (B) until it is released from the retention tab. Retention tab Retention tab Retention tab Retention tab Retention tab Load lever Load lever Load lever Load lever Load lever This side of the cam This side of the cam This side of the cam This side of the cam This side of the cam box should face you. box should face you. box should face you. box should face you. box should face you. PnP Cap PnP Cap PnP Cap PnP Cap PnP Cap A B Load plate Load plate Load plate Load plate Load plate A B Alignment key Alignment key Alignment key Alignment key Alignment key Gold triangle mark Gold triangle mark Gold triangle mark Gold triangle mark Gold triangle mark
1-10 1-10 1-10 1-10 1-10 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction The CPU fits in only one correct orientation. DO NOT force the CPU into the socket to prevent bending the connectors on the socket and damaging the CPU! 6. Close the load plate (A), then push the load lever (B) until it snaps into the retention tab. Notes on Intel Notes on Intel Notes on Intel Notes on Intel Notes on Intel î Hyper-Threading Technology Hyper-Threading Technology Hyper-Threading Technology Hyper-Threading Technology Hyper-Threading Technology ⢠This motherboard supports Intel î Pentium î 4 CPUs in the 775-land package with Hyper-Threading Technology. ⢠Hyper-Threading Technology is supported under Windows î XP/2003 Server and Linux 1.7.x (kernel) and later versions only. Under Linux, use the Hyper-Threading compiler to compile the code. If you are using any other operating systems, disable the Hyper-Threading Technology item in the BIOS to ensure system stability and performance. ⢠Installing Windows î XP Service Pack 1 or later version is recommended. ⢠Make sure to enable the Hyper-Threading Technology item in BIOS before installing a supported operating system. ⢠For more information on Hyper-Threading Technology, visit www.intel.com/info/hyperthreading. To use the Hyper-Threading Technology on this motherboard: 1. Install an Intel î Pentium î 4 CPU in the 775-land package that supports Hyper-Threading Technology. 2. Power up the system and enter the BIOS Setup (see Chapter 2: BIOS setup). Under the Advanced Menu, make sure that the item Hyper-Threading Technology is set to Enabled. The item appears only if you installed a CPU that supports Hyper-Threading Technology. 3. Reboot the computer. A B
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 1-11 1-11 1-11 1-11 1-11 1.6.2 1.6.2 1.6.2 1.6.2 1.6.2 Installling the CPU heatsink and fan Installling the CPU heatsink and fan Installling the CPU heatsink and fan Installling the CPU heatsink and fan Installling the CPU heatsink and fan The Intel î Pentium î 4/Pentium î D LGA775 processor requires a specially designed heatsink and fan assembly to ensure optimum thermal condition and performance. ⢠Install the motherboard to the chassis before you install the CPU fan and heatsink assembly ⢠When you buy a boxed Intel î Pentium î 4 processor, the package includes the CPU fan and heatsink assembly. If you buy a CPU separately, make sure that you use only Intel î -certified multi-directional heatsink and fan. ⢠Your Intel î Pentium î 4 LGA775 heatsink and fan assembly comes in a push-pin design and requires no tool to install. If you purchased a separate CPU heatsink and fan assembly, make sure that a Thermal Interface Material is properly applied to the CPU heatsink or CPU before you install the heatsink and fan assembly. To install the CPU heatsink and fan: 1. Place the heatsink on top of the installed CPU, making sure that the four fasteners match the holes on the motherboard. Fastener Fastener Fastener Fastener Fastener Motherboard hole Motherboard hole Motherboard hole Motherboard hole Motherboard hole Make sure each fastener is oriented as shown, with the narrow groove directed outward.
1-12 1-12 1-12 1-12 1-12 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction P5VDC-MX î P5VDC-MX CPU fan connector CPU_F AN GND CPU F AN PWR CPU F AN IN CPU F AN PWM Do not forget to connect the CPU fan connector! Hardware monitoring errors can occur if you fail to plug this connector. 3. When the fan and heatsink assembly is in place, connect the CPU fan cable to the connector on the motherboard labeled CPU_FAN. 2. Push down two fasteners at a time in a diagonal sequence to secure the heatsink and fan assembly in place. A A B B B B A A
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 1-13 1-13 1-13 1-13 1-13 1.6.3 1.6.3 1.6.3 1.6.3 1.6.3 Uninstalling the CPU heatsink and fan Uninstalling the CPU heatsink and fan Uninstalling the CPU heatsink and fan Uninstalling the CPU heatsink and fan Uninstalling the CPU heatsink and fan To uninstall the CPU heatsink and fan: 1. Disconnect the CPU fan cable from the connector on the motherboard labeled CPU_FAN. 2. Rotate each fastener counterclockwise. 3. Pull up two fasteners at a time in a diagonal sequence to disengage the heatsink and fan assembly from the motherboard. A A B B B B A A
1-14 1-14 1-14 1-14 1-14 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 4. Remove the heatsink and fan assembly from the motherboard. 5. Rotate each fastener clockwise to reset the orientation. The narrow end of the groove should point outward after resetting. (The photo shows the groove shaded for emphasis.) Narrow end of the groove Narrow end of the groove Narrow end of the groove Narrow end of the groove Narrow end of the groove
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 1-15 1-15 1-15 1-15 1-15 1.7 System memory 1.7.1 1.7.1 1.7.1 1.7.1 1.7.1 Overview Overview Overview Overview Overview The motherboard comes with two 240-pin Double Data Rate (DDR2) and two 184-pin DDR Dual Inline Memory Modules (DIMM) sockets. DDR2 DIMMS are notched differently to prevent installation on a DDR DIMM socket. The following figure illustrates the location of the sockets: ⢠To prevent damage to the motherboard, do not use DDR and do not use DDR and do not use DDR and do not use DDR and do not use DDR and DDR2 memory simultaneously. DDR2 memory simultaneously. DDR2 memory simultaneously. DDR2 memory simultaneously. DDR2 memory simultaneously. ⢠Due to chipset resource allocation, the system may detect less than 2 GB system memory when you installed two 1 GB DDR2 or DDR memory modules. Color Color Color Color Color Sockets Sockets Sockets Sockets Sockets Blue DDR_1 and DDR_2 Yellow DDR2_1 and DDR2_2 P5VDC-MX î P5VDC-MX DDR DIMM sockets DDR2_ 1 DDR2_ 2 DDR_ 1 DDR_ 2 1.7.2 1.7.2 1.7.2 1.7.2 1.7.2 Memory Configurations Memory Configurations Memory Configurations Memory Configurations Memory Configurations You may install 256MB, 512MB, and 1 GB unbuffered non-ECC DDR/DDR2 DIMMs into the DIMM sockets.
1-16 1-16 1-16 1-16 1-16 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction DDR2-533 Qualified Vendors List DDR2-533 Qualified Vendors List DDR2-533 Qualified Vendors List DDR2-533 Qualified Vendors List DDR2-533 Qualified Vendors List Legend: Legend: Legend: Legend: Legend: A A A A A - supports one module inserted in any yellow yellow yellow yellow yellow slot. B B B B B - supports one pair of modules inserted into both of the yellow yellow yellow yellow yellow slots. SS SS SS SS S S - Single-sided DS DS DS DS D S - Double-sided DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support Size Size Size Size Size Vendor Vendor Vendor Vendor Vendor Model Model Model Model Model Brand Side(s) Component Brand Side(s) Component Brand Side(s) Component Brand Side(s) Component Brand Side(s) Component A A A A A B B B B B 256MB KINGSTON E5116AB-5C-E N/A SS KVR533D2N4/256 V V 512MB KINGSTON HY5PS56821F-C4 N/A DS KVR533D2N4/512 V V 1024MB KINGSTON D6408TE7BL-37 N/A DS KVR533D2N4/1G V V 512MB SAMSUNG K4T51083QB-GCD5 N/A SS M378T6553BG0-CD5 V V 256MB SAMSUNG K4T56083QF-GCD5 N/A SS M378T3253FG0-CD5 V V 512MB SAMSUNG K4T56083QF-GCD5 N/A DS M378T6453FG0-CD5 V V 1024MB SAMSUNG K4T51083QB-GCD5 N/A DS M378T2953BG0-CD5 V V 512MB MICRON 4FBIID9BQM N/A DS MT16HTF6464AG-53EB2 V 256MB MICRON 4DBIIZ9BQT N/A SS N/A V V 256MB MICRON 4FBIID9CHM N/A SS MT8HTF3264AY-53EB3 V V 512MB MICRON 4FBIID9CHM N/A DS MT16HTF6464AY-53EB2 V V 512MB Infineon HYB18T512800AC37 N/A SS HYS64T64000GU-3.7-A V V 256MB Infineon HYB18T512160AF-3.7 N/A SS HYS64T32000HU-3.7-A V V 512MB Infineon HYB18T512800AF37 N/A SS HYS64T64000HU-3.7-A V V 256MB Infineon HYB18T512800AF37 N/A DS HYS64T128020HU-3.7-A V V 256MB Infineon HYB18T5121608BF-3.7 N/A SS HYS64T32000HU-3.7-B V V 512MB Infineon HYB18T512800BF37 N/A SS HYS64T64000HU-3.7-B V V 1024MB Infineon HYB18T512800BF37 N/A DS HYS64T128020HU-3.7-B V V 512MB Hynix HY5PS12821F-C4 N/A SS HYMP564U648-C4 V V 1024MB Hynix HY5PS12821F-C4 N/A DS HYMP512U648-C4 V V 1024MB Hynix HY5PS12821FP-C4 N/A DS HYMP512U648-C4 V V 512MB Hynix HY5PS12821AFP-C3 N/A SS HYMP564U64AP8-C3 V V 1024MB Hynix HY5PS12821AFP-C3 N/A DS HYMP512U64AP8-C3 V V 512MB ELPIDA E5108AB-5C-E N/A SS EBE51UD8ABFA-5C V V 512MB ELPIDA E5108AB-5C-E N/A SS EBE51UD8ABFA-5C-E V V 1024MB ELPIDA E5108AB-5C-E N/A DS EBE11UD8ABFA-5C-E V V 2048MB ELPIDA E1108AA-5C-E N/A DS EBE21EE8AAFA-5C-E V 256MB CORSAIR MIII0051832M8CEC N/A SS VS256MB533D2 V V 512MB CORSAIR MI110052432M8CEC N/A DS VS512MB533D2 V V 256MB Apacer E5116AB-5C-E N/A SS 78.81077.420 V V 256MB crucial Heat-Sink Package N/A SS BL3264AA53V.8FB V V 512MB crucial Heat-Sink Package N/A DS BL6464AA53V.16FB V V 256MB KINGMAX K4T56083QF-GCD5 N/A SS KLBB68K-38SP4 V V 1024MB KINGMAX E5108AB-5C-E N/A DS KLBD48F-A8EP4 V V 512MB KINGMAX E5108AB-5C-E N/A SS KLBC28F-A8EP4 V 512MB KINGMAX KKEA88A4IA-37 N/A SS KLBC28F-A8KP4 V V 256MB KINGMAX E5116AB-5C-E N/A SS KLBB68F-36EP4 V V 512MB KINGMAX E5108AE-5C-E N/A SS KLBC28F-A8EB4 V V 512MB Transcend K4T51083QB-GCD5 N/A SS TS64MLQ64V5J V 1024MB Transcend K4T51083QB-GCD5 N/A DS TS128MLQ64V5J V V 1.7.3 1.7.3 1.7.3 1.7.3 1.7.3 DDR Qualified Vendors List DDR Qualified Vendors List DDR Qualified Vendors List DDR Qualified Vendors List DDR Qualified Vendors List Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) for the latest DDR DIMM modules for this motherboard.
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 1-17 1-17 1-17 1-17 1-17 DDR400 Qualified Vendors List DDR400 Qualified Vendors List DDR400 Qualified Vendors List DDR400 Qualified Vendors List DDR400 Qualified Vendors List DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support Size Size Size Size Size Vendor Vendor Vendor Vendor Vendor Model Model Model Model Model Brand Brand Brand Brand Brand Side(s) Side(s) Side(s) Side(s) Side(s) Component Component Component Component Component A A A A A B B B B B 512MB KINGSTON Heat-Sink Package N/A DS KHX3200A/512 V V 256MB KINGSTON D3208DL3T-5A N/A SS KVR400X64C3A/256 V V 256MB KINGSTON A2S56D30BTP N/A SS KVR400X64C3A/256 V 512MB KINGSTON V58C2256804SAT5 N/A DS KVR400X64C3A/512 V V 512MB KINGSTON HY5DU12822BT-D43 N/A SS KVR400X64C3A/512 V V 1024MB KINGSTON HYB25D512800BE-5B N/A DS KVR400X64C3A/1G V V 256MB SAMSUNG K4H560838E-TCCC SAMSUNG SS M368L3223ETM-CCC V V 256MB SAMSUNG K4H560838F-TCCC SAMSUNG SS M368L3223FTN-CCC V 512MB SAMSUNG K4H560838F-TCCC SAMSUNG DS M368L6423FTN-CCC V V 512MB SAMSUNG K4H510838B-TCCC SAMSUNG SS M368L6523BTM-CCC V V 256MB MICRON MT46V32M8TG-5BC MICRON SS MT8VDDT3264AG-40BCB V 512MB MICRON MT46V32M8TG-5BC MICRON DS MT16VDDT6464AG-40BCB V V 256MB Infineon HYB25D256800CE-5C Infineon SS HYS64D32300HU-5-C V V 512MB Infineon HYB25D256800CE-5C Infineon DS HYS64D64320HU-5-C V V 256MB Infineon HYB25D512160CE-5C Infineon SS HYS64D32301HU-5-C V V 512MB Infineon HYB25D512800CE-5C Infineon SS HYS64D64300HU-5-C V 1024MB Infineon HYB25D512800CE-5B Infineon DS HYS64D128320HU-5-C V V 256MB CORSAIR W942508BH-5 N/A SS CMX256A-3200C2PT V V 512MB CORSAIR Heat-Sink Package N/A DS CMX512-3200C2 V V 512MB CORSAIR VS32M8-5 N/A DS VS512MB400 V V 512MB CORSAIR Heat-Sink Package N/A DS CMXP512-3200XL V 1024MB CORSAIR Heat-Sink Package N/A DS TWINX2048-3200C2 V V 256MB Hynix HY5DU56822DT-D43 N/A SS HYMD232646D8J-D43 V V 512MB Hynix HY5DU56822DT-D43 N/A DS HYMD264646D8J-D43 V 256MB Transcend K4H560838F-TCCC SAMSUNG SS TS32MLD64V4F3 V V 512MB Transcend K4H560838F-TCCC SAMSUNG DS TS64MLD64V4F3 V 1024MB Transcend K4H510838B-TCCC SAMSUNG DS TS128MLD64V4J V V 256MB A DATA K4H560838E-TCCC SAMSUNG SS MDOSS6F3G31Y0K1E0Z V V 512MB A DATA K4H560838F-TCCC SAMSUNG DS MDOSS6F3H41Y0N1E0Z V V 256MB A DATA HY5DU56822CT-D43 Hynix SS MDOHY6F3G31Y0N1E0Z V V 512MB A DATA HY5DU56822CT-D43 Hynix DS MDOHY6F3H41Y0N1E0Z V V 256MB A DATA ADD8608A8A-5B N/A SS MDOAD5F3G31Y0D1E02 V 512MB A DATA ADD8608A8A-5B N/A DS MDOAD5F3H41Y0D1E02 V 256MB KINGMAX KDL388P4LA-50 N/A SS MPXB62D-38KT3R V V 256MB crucial Heat-Sink Package Ballistix SS BL3264Z402.8TG V V Legend: Legend: Legend: Legend: Legend: A A A A A - supports one module inserted in any blue blue blue blue blue slot. B B B B B - supports one pair of modules inserted into both of the blue blue blue blue blue slots. SS SS SS SS S S - Single-sided DS DS DS DS D S - Double-sided
1-18 1-18 1-18 1-18 1-18 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.7.4 1.7.4 1.7.4 1.7.4 1.7.4 Installing a DDR DIMM(blue slots) Installing a DDR DIMM(blue slots) Installing a DDR DIMM(blue slots) Installing a DDR DIMM(blue slots) Installing a DDR DIMM(blue slots) 1.7.5 1.7.5 1.7.5 1.7.5 1.7.5 Removing a DDR DIMM Removing a DDR DIMM Removing a DDR DIMM Removing a DDR DIMM Removing a DDR DIMM Follow these steps to remove a DIMM. 1. Simultaneously press the retaining clips outward to unlock the DIMM. 2. Remove the DIMM from the socket. Support the DIMM lightly with your fingers when pressing the retaining clips. The DIMM might get damaged when it flips out with extra force. 3. Firmly insert the DIMM into the socket until the retaining clips snap back in place and the DIMM is properly seated. 1. Unlock a DIMM socket by pressing the retaining clips outward. 2. Align a DIMM on the socket such that the notch on the DIMM matches the break on the socket. Locked Retaining Clip Locked Retaining Clip Locked Retaining Clip Locked Retaining Clip Locked Retaining Clip Make sure to unplug the power supply before adding or removing DIMMs or other system components. Failure to do so may cause severe damage to both the motherboard and the components. A DDR DIMM is keyed with a notch so that it fits in only one direction. DO NOT force a DIMM into a socket to avoid damaging the DIMM. Unlocked retaining clip Unlocked retaining clip Unlocked retaining clip Unlocked retaining clip Unlocked retaining clip DDR DIMM notch DDR DIMM notch DDR DIMM notch DDR DIMM notch DDR DIMM notch 1 2 1 DDR DIMM notch DDR DIMM notch DDR DIMM notch DDR DIMM notch DDR DIMM notch 1 2 1
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 1-19 1-19 1-19 1-19 1-19 1.7.7 1.7.7 1.7.7 1.7.7 1.7.7 Removing a DDR2 DIMM Removing a DDR2 DIMM Removing a DDR2 DIMM Removing a DDR2 DIMM Removing a DDR2 DIMM Follow these steps to remove a DIMM. 1. Simultaneously press the retaining clips outward to unlock the DIMM. 2. Remove the DIMM from the socket. ⢠A DDR2 DIMM is keyed with a notch so that it fits in only one direction. Do not force a DIMM into a socket to avoid damaging the DIMM. ⢠The DDR2 DIMM sockets do not support DDR DIMMs. Do not install DDR DIMMs to the DDR2 DIMM sockets. Support the DIMM lightly with your fingers when pressing the retaining clips. The DIMM might get damaged when it flips out with extra force. DDR2 DIMM notch DDR2 DIMM notch DDR2 DIMM notch DDR2 DIMM notch DDR2 DIMM notch 1 2 1 1.7.6 1.7.6 1.7.6 1.7.6 1.7.6 Installing a DDR2 DIMM(yellow slots) Installing a DDR2 DIMM(yellow slots) Installing a DDR2 DIMM(yellow slots) Installing a DDR2 DIMM(yellow slots) Installing a DDR2 DIMM(yellow slots) Unplug the power supply before adding or removing DIMMs or other system components. Failure to do so can cause severe damage to both the motherboard and the components. To install a DIMM: 1. Unlock a DIMM socket by pressing the retaining clips outward. 2. Align a DIMM on the socket such that the notch on the DIMM matches the break on the socket. 3. Firmly insert the DIMM into the socket until the retaining clips snap back in place and the DIMM is properly seated. Unlocked retaining Unlocked retaining Unlocked retaining Unlocked retaining Unlocked retaining DDR2 DIMM DDR2 DIMM DDR2 DIMM DDR2 DIMM DDR2 DIMM 1 2 3
1-20 1-20 1-20 1-20 1-20 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.8 Expansion slots In the future, you may need to install expansion cards. The following sub-sections describe the slots and the expansion cards that they support. 1.8.1 1.8.1 1.8.1 1.8.1 1.8.1 Installing an expansion card Installing an expansion card Installing an expansion card Installing an expansion card Installing an expansion card To install an expansion card: 1. Before installing the expansion card, read the documentation that came with it and make the necessary hardware settings for the card. 2. Remove the system unit cover (if your motherboard is already installed in a chassis). 3. Remove the bracket opposite the slot that you intend to use. Keep the screw for later use. 4. Align the card connector with the slot and press firmly until the card is completely seated on the slot. 5. Secure the card to the chassis with the screw you removed earlier. 6. Replace the system cover. 1.8.2 1.8.2 1.8.2 1.8.2 1.8.2 Configuring an expansion card Configuring an expansion card Configuring an expansion card Configuring an expansion card Configuring an expansion card After installing the expansion card, configure it by adjusting the software settings. 1. Turn on the system and change the necessary BIOS settings, if any. See Chapter 2 for information on BIOS setup. 2. Assign an IRQ to the card. Refer to the tables on the next page. 3. Install the software drivers for the expansion card. Make sure to unplug the power cord before adding or removing expansion cards. Failure to do so may cause you physical injury and damage motherboard components.
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 1-21 1-21 1-21 1-21 1-21 1.8.3 1.8.3 1.8.3 1.8.3 1.8.3 Interrupt assignments Interrupt assignments Interrupt assignments Interrupt assignments Interrupt assignments Standard interrupt assignments Standard interrupt assignments Standard interrupt assignments Standard interrupt assignments Standard interrupt assignments IRQ IRQ IRQ IRQ IRQ Priority Priority Priority Priority Priority Standard Function Standard Function Standard Function Standard Function Standard Function 0 1 System Timer 1 2 Keyboard Controller 2 ⢠Re-direct to IRQ#9 4 12 Communications Port (COM)* 5 13 IRQ holder for PCI steering* 6 14 Floppy Disk Controller 7 15 Printer Port (LPT1)* 8 3 System CMOS/Real Time Clock 9 4 IRQ holder for PCI steering* 10 5 IRQ holder for PCI steering* 11 6 PCI-E x1 12 7 PS/2 Compatible Mouse Port* 13 8 Numeric Data Processor 14 9 Primary IDE Channel 15 10 Secondary IDE Channel * These IRQs are usually available for ISA or PCI devices. IRQ assignments for this motherboard IRQ assignments for this motherboard IRQ assignments for this motherboard IRQ assignments for this motherboard IRQ assignments for this motherboard A A A A A B B B B B C C C C C D D D D D PCI slot 1 â shared â â PCI slot 2 â â shared â PCIe x1 slot* Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed AGP 8X slot shared â â â Onboard USB controller 1 shared â â â Onboard USB controller 2 â â shared â Onboard USB controller 3 â shared â â Onboard USB controller 4 â â â shared Onboard USB 2.0 controller â â shared â Onboard LAN shared â â â Onboard audio â shared â â Onboard VGA shared â â â When using PCI cards on shared slots, ensure that the drivers support âÂÂShare IRQâ or that the cards do not need IRQ assignments. Otherwise, conflicts will arise between the two PCI groups, making the system unstable and the card inoperable. * The PCIe x1 slot does not need IRQ assignment.
1-22 1-22 1-22 1-22 1-22 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.8.4 1.8.4 1.8.4 1.8.4 1.8.4 PCI slots PCI slots PCI slots PCI slots PCI slots The PCI slots support cards such as a LAN card, SCSI card, USB card, and other cards that comply with PCI specifications. The figure shows a LAN card installed on a PCI slot. 1.8.6 1.8.6 1.8.6 1.8.6 1.8.6 AGP slot AGP slot AGP slot AGP slot AGP slot The Accelerated Graphics Port (AGP) slot supports AGP8X/4X cards. When you buy an AGP card, make sure that you ask for one with 1.5V specification. Note the notches on the card golden fingers to ensure that they fit the AGP slot on your motherboard. Install only 1.5 V or 0.8 V AGP cards on this motherboard! 3.3V AGP cards are not supported in this motherboard. P5VDC-MX î P5VDC-MX Accelerated Graphics Port (AGP) Keyed for 1.5v 1.8.5 1.8.5 1.8.5 1.8.5 1.8.5 PCI Express x1 slot PCI Express x1 slot PCI Express x1 slot PCI Express x1 slot PCI Express x1 slot This motherboard supports PCI Express x1 network cards, SCSI cards and other cards that comply with the PCI Express specifications. The figure shows a network card installed on the PCI Express x1 slot.
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 1-23 1-23 1-23 1-23 1-23 1.9 Jumpers 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC) Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC) Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC) Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC) Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC) This jumper allows you to clear the Real Time Clock (RTC) RAM in CMOS. You can clear the CMOS memory of date, time, and system setup parameters by erasing the CMOS RTC RAM data. The onboard button cell battery powers the RAM data in CMOS, which include system setup information such as system passwords. To erase the RTC RAM: 1. Turn OFF the computer and unplug the power cord. 2. Remove the onboard battery. 3. Move the jumper cap from pins 1-2 (default) to pins 2-3. Keep the cap on pins 2-3 for about 5~10 seconds, then move the cap back to pins 1-2. 4. Re-install the battery. 5. Plug the power cord and turn ON the computer. 6. Hold down the <Del> key during the boot process and enter BIOS setup to re-enter data. Except when clearing the RTC RAM, never remove the cap on CLRTC jumper default position. Removing the cap will cause system boot failure! You do not need to clear the RTC when the system hangs due to overclocking. For system failure due to overclocking, use the C.P.R. (CPU Parameter Recall) feature. Shut down and reboot the system so the BIOS can automatically reset parameter settings to default values. P5VDC-MX î P5VDC-MX Clear RTC RAM CLRTC Normal CLEA R (Default) 12 23
1-24 1-24 1-24 1-24 1-24 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. Keyboard power (3-pin KBPWR) Keyboard power (3-pin KBPWR) Keyboard power (3-pin KBPWR) Keyboard power (3-pin KBPWR) Keyboard power (3-pin KBPWR) This jumper allows you to enable or disable the keyboard wake-up feature. Set this jumper to pins 2-3 ( 5VSB) to wake up the computer when you press a key on the keyboard (the default is the Space Bar). This feature requires an ATX power supply that can supply at least 1A on the 5VSB lead, and a corresponding setting in the BIOS. P5VDC-MX î P5VDC-MX Keyboard power setting (Default) 5V 5VSB KBPWR 23 12 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. USB device wake-up (3-pin USBPW12, USBPW34, USB device wake-up (3-pin USBPW12, USBPW34, USB device wake-up (3-pin USBPW12, USBPW34, USB device wake-up (3-pin USBPW12, USBPW34, USB device wake-up (3-pin USBPW12, USBPW34, USBPW56, USBPW78) USBPW56, USBPW78) USBPW56, USBPW78) USBPW56, USBPW78) USBPW56, USBPW78) Set these jumpers to 5V to wake up the computer from S1 sleep mode (CPU stopped, DRAM refreshed, system running in low power mode) using the connected USB devices. Set to 5VSB to wake up from S3 and S4 sleep modes (no power to CPU, DRAM in slow refresh, power supply in reduced power mode). The USBPWR12 and USBPWR34 jumpers are for the rear USB ports. The USBPWR56 and USBPWR78 jumpers are for the internal USB connectors that you can connect to additional USB ports. ⢠The USB device wake-up feature requires a power supply that can provide 500mA on the 5VSB lead for each USB port; otherwise, the system would not power up. ⢠The total current consumed must NOT exceed the power supply capability ( 5VSB) whether under normal condition or in sleep mode. P5VDC-MX î P5VDC-MX USB device wake-up 3 2 2 1 5V (Default) 5VS B USBPW12 USBPW34 3 2 2 1 5V (Default) 5VS B USBPW56 USBPW78
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 1-25 1-25 1-25 1-25 1-25 1.10 Connectors 1.10.1 1.10.1 1.10.1 1.10.1 1.10.1 Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. PS/2 mouse port (green). PS/2 mouse port (green). PS/2 mouse port (green). PS/2 mouse port (green). PS/2 mouse port (green). This port is for a PS/2 mouse. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. Parallel port. Parallel port. Parallel port. Parallel port. Parallel port. This 25-pin port connects a parallel printer, a scanner, or other devices. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. LAN (RJ-45) port. LAN (RJ-45) port. LAN (RJ-45) port. LAN (RJ-45) port. LAN (RJ-45) port. This port allows connection to a Local Area Network (LAN) through a network hub. 1 11 7 2 3 10 4 5 6 9 8 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. Line In port (light blue). Line In port (light blue). Line In port (light blue). Line In port (light blue). Line In port (light blue). This port connects a tape, CD, DVD player, or other audio sources. In 4-channel and 6-channel configuration, the function of this port becomes Rear Speaker Out. 5. 5. 5. 5. 5. Line Out port (lime). Line Out port (lime). Line Out port (lime). Line Out port (lime). Line Out port (lime). This port connects a headphone or a speaker. In 4-channel and 6-channel configuration, the function of this port becomes Front Speaker Out. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. Microphone port (pink). Microphone port (pink). Microphone port (pink). Microphone port (pink). Microphone port (pink). This port connects a microphone. In a 6-channel configuration, the function of this port becomes Bass/ Center Speaker. SPEED LED ACT/LINK LED LAN port LAN port LED indications LAN port LED indications LAN port LED indications LAN port LED indications LAN port LED indications ACT/LINK LED ACT/LINK LED ACT/LINK LED ACT/LINK LED ACT/LINK LED SPEED LED SPEED LED SPEED LED SPEED LED SPEED LED Status Status Status Status Status Description Description Description Description Description Status Status Status Status Status Description Description Description Description Description OFF No link OFF No link ORANGE 100 Linked GREEN 10 Linked BLINKING Data activity BLINKING Data activity
1-26 1-26 1-26 1-26 1-26 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.10.2 1.10.2 1.10.2 1.10.2 1.10.2 Internal connectors Internal connectors Internal connectors Internal connectors Internal connectors 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) This connector is for the provided floppy disk drive (FDD) signal cable. Insert one end of the cable to this connector, then connect the other end to the signal connector at the back of the floppy disk drive. Pin 5 on the connector is removed to prevent incorrect cable connection when using an FDD cable with a covered Pin 5. P5VDC-MX î NOTE: Orient the red markings o n the floppy ribbon cable to PIN 1. P5VDC-MX Floppy disk drive connector FLOPPY PIN 1 Audio 2, 4, or 6-channel configuration Audio 2, 4, or 6-channel configuration Audio 2, 4, or 6-channel configuration Audio 2, 4, or 6-channel configuration Audio 2, 4, or 6-channel configuration Light Blue Line In Rear Speaker Out Rear Speaker Out Lime Line Out Front Speaker Out Front Speaker Out Pink Mic In Mic In Bass/Center Port Port Port Port Port Headset Headset Headset Headset Headset 4-channel 4-channel 4-channel 4-channel 4-channel 6-channel 6-channel 6-channel 6-channel 6-channel 2-channel 2-channel 2-channel 2-channel 2-channel Refer to the audio configuration table for the function of the audio ports in 2, 4, or 6-channel configuration. 7. 7. 7. 7. 7. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2. These two 4-pin Universal Serial Bus (USB) ports are available for connecting USB 2.0 devices. 8. 8. 8. 8. 8. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4. These two 4-pin Universal Serial Bus (USB) ports are available for connecting USB 2.0 devices. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. VGA port. VGA port. VGA port. VGA port. VGA port. This 15-pin VGA port connects to a VGA monitor. 10. 10. 10. 10. 10. Serial connector. Serial connector. Serial connector. Serial connector. Serial connector. This 9-pin COM port is for serial devices. 11. 11. 11. 11. 11. PS/2 keyboard port (purple). PS/2 keyboard port (purple). PS/2 keyboard port (purple). PS/2 keyboard port (purple). PS/2 keyboard port (purple). This port is for a PS/2 keyboard.
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 1-27 1-27 1-27 1-27 1-27 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. Primary/Secondary IDE connector (40-1 pin PRI_IDE, Primary/Secondary IDE connector (40-1 pin PRI_IDE, Primary/Secondary IDE connector (40-1 pin PRI_IDE, Primary/Secondary IDE connector (40-1 pin PRI_IDE, Primary/Secondary IDE connector (40-1 pin PRI_IDE, SEC_IDE) SEC_IDE) SEC_IDE) SEC_IDE) SEC_IDE) The onboard IDE connectors are for Ultra DMA 133/100/66 signal cables. There are three connectors on each Ultra DMA 133/100/66 signal cable: blue, black, and gray. Connect the blue connector to the motherboardâÂÂs IDE connector, and then select one of the following modes to configure your device. P5VDC-MX î P5VDC-MX IDE connectors NOTE: Orient the red marking s (usually zigzag) on the IDE ribbon cable to PIN 1. PIN 1 PRI_IDE SEC_IDE PIN 1 1. Follow the hard disk drive documentation when setting the device in master or slave mode. 2. Pin 20 on each IDE connector is removed to match the covered hole on the UltraATA cable connector. This prevents incorrect orientation when you connect the cables. 3. The hole near the blue connector on the UltraATA cable is intentional. If any device jumper is set as âÂÂCable-Select, â make sure all other device jumpers have the same settng. Drive jumper setting Mode of derve(s) Cable connector Single device Cable-Select or Master - black Cable-Select Master black Slave gray Two devices Master Master black or gray Slave Slave
1-28 1-28 1-28 1-28 1-28 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. Serial ATA connectors (7-pin SATA1, SATA2, SATA3, Serial ATA connectors (7-pin SATA1, SATA2, SATA3, Serial ATA connectors (7-pin SATA1, SATA2, SATA3, Serial ATA connectors (7-pin SATA1, SATA2, SATA3, Serial ATA connectors (7-pin SATA1, SATA2, SATA3, SATA4) SATA4) SATA4) SATA4) SATA4) These connectors are for the Serial ATA signal cables for Serial ATA hard disk drives. If you installed Serial ATA hard disk drives, you can can create a RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 0 1 and JBOD configuration through the onboard VIA VT8251 RAID controller. P5VDC-MX î P5VDC-MX SA T A connectors GND RSAT A_TXP1 RSAT A_TXN1 GND RSAT A_RXP1 RSAT A_RXN1 GND S ATA 1 GND RSAT A_TXP2 RSAT A_TXN2 GND RSAT A_RXP2 RSAT A_RXN2 GND S ATA 2 GND RSAT A_TXP3 RSAT A_TXN3 GND RSAT A_RXP3 RSAT A_RXN3 GND S ATA 3 GND RSAT A_TXP4 RSAT A_TXN4 GND RSAT A_RXP4 RSAT A_RXN4 GND S ATA 4 Important notes on Serial ATA Important notes on Serial ATA Important notes on Serial ATA Important notes on Serial ATA Important notes on Serial ATA ⢠The Serial ATA RAID feature (RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 0 1 and JBOD) is available only if you are using Windows î 2000/2003 Server/XP operation system. ⢠The SATA ports couldnâÂÂt be Book Disk under Windows î 98SE and ME. ⢠Install the Windows î 2000 Service Pack 4, the Windows î XP Service Pack1 or later version before using Serial ATA. ⢠Please refer to section âÂÂVIA RAID Configurationâ for details on SATA RAID configuration. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. Internal audio connectors (4-pin CD, AUX) Internal audio connectors (4-pin CD, AUX) Internal audio connectors (4-pin CD, AUX) Internal audio connectors (4-pin CD, AUX) Internal audio connectors (4-pin CD, AUX) These connectors allow you to receive stereo audio input from sound sources such as a CD-ROM, TV tuner, MPEG card or modem. P5VDC-MX î P5VDC-MX Internal audio connectors CD1 (Black) AUX1 (White) Right Audio Chann el Left Audio Channel Ground Ground Right Audio Channel Left Audio Channel Ground Ground
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 1-29 1-29 1-29 1-29 1-29 5. 5. 5. 5. 5. CPU and Chassis fan connectors CPU and Chassis fan connectors CPU and Chassis fan connectors CPU and Chassis fan connectors CPU and Chassis fan connectors (4-pin CPU_FAN, 3-pin CHA_FAN) (4-pin CPU_FAN, 3-pin CHA_FAN) (4-pin CPU_FAN, 3-pin CHA_FAN) (4-pin CPU_FAN, 3-pin CHA_FAN) (4-pin CPU_FAN, 3-pin CHA_FAN) The fan connectors support cooling fans of 350mA~740mA (8.88W max.) or a total of 1A~2.22A (26.64W max.) at 12V. Connect the fan cables to the fan connectors on the motherboard, making sure that the black wire of each cable matches the ground pin of the connector. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. Digital Audio connector (4-1 pin SPDIF) Digital Audio connector (4-1 pin SPDIF) Digital Audio connector (4-1 pin SPDIF) Digital Audio connector (4-1 pin SPDIF) Digital Audio connector (4-1 pin SPDIF) This connector is for the S/PDIF audio module to allow digital sound output. Connect one end of the S/PDIF audio cable to this connector and the other end to the S/PDIF module. The S/PDIF out module is purchased separately. P5VDC-MX î P5VDC-MX Fan connectors CPU_F AN CHA_F AN GND Rotation 12V GND CPU F AN PWR CPU F AN IN CPU F AN PWM P5VDC-MX î P5VDC-MX Digital audio connector 5V SPDIFOUT GND SPDIF_OUT Do not forget to connect the fan cables to the fan connectors. Insufficient air flow inside the system may damage the motherboard components. These are not jumpers! DO NOT place jumper caps on the fan connectors.
1-30 1-30 1-30 1-30 1-30 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 7. 7. 7. 7. 7. ATX power connectors (24-pin EATXPWR, ATX power connectors (24-pin EATXPWR, ATX power connectors (24-pin EATXPWR, ATX power connectors (24-pin EATXPWR, ATX power connectors (24-pin EATXPWR, 4-pin ATX12V) 4-pin ATX12V) 4-pin ATX12V) 4-pin ATX12V) 4-pin ATX12V) These connectors are for an ATX power supply. The plugs from the power supply are designed to fit these connectors in only one orientation. Find the proper orientation and push down firmly until the connectors completely fit. ⢠Do not forget to connect the 4-pin ATX 12 V power plug; otherwise, the system will not boot up. ⢠When using an ATX 12 V PSU with 20-pin power plug, make sure that it can provide 8 A on the 12 V lead and at least 1A on the 5V standby lead ( 5 VSB). The minimum recommended wattage is 300 W, or 350 W for a fully configured system. The system may become unstable or may not boot up if the power is inadequate. ⢠You must install a Power Supply Unit (PSU) with a higher power rating if you intend to install additional devices. P5VDC-MX î P5VDC-MX A TX power connectors EA TXPWR A TX12V 12V DC GND 12V DC GND 3 V olts 3 V olts Ground 5 V olts 5 V olts Ground Ground Power OK 5V Standb y 12 V olts -5 V olts 5 V olts 3 V olts -12 V olts Ground Ground Ground PSON# Ground 5 V olts 12 V olts 3 V olts 5 V olts Ground
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 1-31 1-31 1-31 1-31 1-31 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB78) USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB78) USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB78) USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB78) USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB78) These connectors are for USB 2.0 ports. Connect the optional USB/GAME module cable to any of these connectors, then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. These USB connectors comply with USB 2.0 specification that supports up to 480 Mbps connection speed. Never connect a 1394 cable 1394 cable 1394 cable 1394 cable 1394 cable t o the USB connectors. Doing so will damage the motherboard! The USB/GAME module is purchased separately. P5VDC-MX î P5VDC-MX USB 2.0 connectors USB56 USB 5V USB_P6- USB_P6 GND NC USB 5V USB_P5- USB_P5 GND 1 USB78 USB 5V USB_P8- USB_P8 GND NC USB 5V USB_P7- USB_P7 GND 1 8. 8. 8. 8. 8. GAME/MIDI port connector (16-1 pin GAME) GAME/MIDI port connector (16-1 pin GAME) GAME/MIDI port connector (16-1 pin GAME) GAME/MIDI port connector (16-1 pin GAME) GAME/MIDI port connector (16-1 pin GAME) This connector is for a GAME/MIDI port. Connect the USB/GAME module cable to this connector, then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. The GAME/MIDI port connects a joystick or game pad for playing games, and MIDI devices for playing or editing audio files. P5VDC-MX î P5VDC-MX Game connector GAME 5V 5V J2B1 J2CX MIDI_OUT J2CY J2B2 MIDI_IN J1B1 J1CX GND GND J1CY J1B2 5V
1-32 1-32 1-32 1-32 1-32 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 10. 10. 10. 10. 10. Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin FP_AUDIO) Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin FP_AUDIO) Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin FP_AUDIO) Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin FP_AUDIO) Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin FP_AUDIO) This is an interface for the front panel audio cable that allows convenient connection and control of audio devices. By default, the pins labeled LINE_OUT_R/BLINE_OUT_R and the pins LINE_OUT_L/BLINE_OUT_L are shorted with jumper caps. Remove the caps only when you are connecting the front panel audio cable. P5VDC-MX î P5VDC-MX Front panel audio connector FP_AUDIO BLINE_OUT_L MIC2 Line out_R Line out_L BLINE_OUT_R NC MICPWR 5V A AGND 11. 11. 11. 11. 11. Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) This connector is for a chassis-mounted intrusion detection sensor or switch. Connect one end of the chassis intrusion sensor or switch cable to this connector. The chassis intrusion sensor or switch sends a high-level signal to this connector when a chassis component is removed or replaced. The signal is then generated as a chassis intrusion event. By default, the pins labeled âÂÂChassis Signalâ and âÂÂGroundâ are shorted with a jumper cap. Remove the jumper caps only when you intend to use the chassis intrusion detection feature. P5VDC-MX î P5VDC-MX Chassis intrusion connector CHASSIS 5VSB_MB Chassis Signal GND (Defaul t)
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 1-33 1-33 1-33 1-33 1-33 12. 12. 12. 12. 12. System panel connector (20-1 pin F_PANEL) System panel connector (20-1 pin F_PANEL) System panel connector (20-1 pin F_PANEL) System panel connector (20-1 pin F_PANEL) System panel connector (20-1 pin F_PANEL) This connector supports several chassis-mounted functions. The sytem panel connector is color-coded for easy connection. Refer to the connector description below for details. P5VDC-MX î P5VDC-MX System panel connector * Requires an A TX power suppl y. PLED- PWR 5V Speaker PLED Ground RESET Ground Reset Ground Ground PLED IDE_LED- IDE_LED IDE_LED SPEAKER PWRSW P ANEL ⢠System power LED (Green 3-pin PLED) System power LED (Green 3-pin PLED) System power LED (Green 3-pin PLED) System power LED (Green 3-pin PLED) System power LED (Green 3-pin PLED) This 3-pin connector is for the system power LED. Connect the chassis power LED cable to this connector. The system power LED lights up when you turn on the system power, and blinks when the system is in sleep mode. ⢠Hard disk drive activity (Red 2-pin IDE_LED) Hard disk drive activity (Red 2-pin IDE_LED) Hard disk drive activity (Red 2-pin IDE_LED) Hard disk drive activity (Red 2-pin IDE_LED) Hard disk drive activity (Red 2-pin IDE_LED) This 2-pin connector is for the HDD Activity LED. Connect the HDD Activity LED cable to this connector. The IDE LED lights up or flashes when data is read from or written to the HDD. ⢠System warning speaker (Orange 4-pin SPEAKER) System warning speaker (Orange 4-pin SPEAKER) System warning speaker (Orange 4-pin SPEAKER) System warning speaker (Orange 4-pin SPEAKER) System warning speaker (Orange 4-pin SPEAKER) This 4-pin connector is for the chassis-mounted system warning speaker. The speaker allows you to hear system beeps and warnings. ⢠Power/Soft-off button (Yellow 2-pin PWRSW) Power/Soft-off button (Yellow 2-pin PWRSW) Power/Soft-off button (Yellow 2-pin PWRSW) Power/Soft-off button (Yellow 2-pin PWRSW) Power/Soft-off button (Yellow 2-pin PWRSW) This connector is for the system power button. Pressing the power button turns the system ON or puts the system in SLEEP or SOFT-OFF mode depending on the BIOS settings. Pressing the power switch for more than four seconds while the system is ON turns the system OFF. ⢠Reset button (Blue 2-pin RESET) Reset button (Blue 2-pin RESET) Reset button (Blue 2-pin RESET) Reset button (Blue 2-pin RESET) Reset button (Blue 2-pin RESET) This 2-pin connector is for the chassis-mounted reset button for system reboot without turning off the system power.
1-34 1-34 1-34 1-34 1-34 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 2-1 2-1 2-1 2-1 2-1 2 BIOS setup This chapter tells how to change the system settings through the BIOS Setup menus. Detailed descriptions of the BIOS parameters are also provided.
2-2 2-2 2-2 2-2 2-2 Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup 2.1 Managing and updating your BIOS The following utilities allow you to manage and update the motherboard Basic Input/Output System (BIOS) setup. 1. ASUS AFUDOS ASUS AFUDOS ASUS AFUDOS ASUS AFUDOS ASUS AFUDOS (Updates the BIOS in DOS mode using a bootable floppy disk.) 2. ASUS EZ Flash ASUS EZ Flash ASUS EZ Flash ASUS EZ Flash ASUS EZ Flash (Updates the BIOS using a floppy disk during POST.) 3. ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 (Updates the BIOS using a bootable floppy disk or the motherboard support CD when the BIOS file fails or gets corrupted.) 4. ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update (Updates the BIOS in Windows î environment.) Refer to the corresponding sections for details on these utilities. 2.1.1 2.1.1 2.1.1 2.1.1 2.1.1 Creating a bootable floppy disk Creating a bootable floppy disk Creating a bootable floppy disk Creating a bootable floppy disk Creating a bootable floppy disk 1. Do either one of the following to create a bootable floppy disk. DOS environment a. Insert a 1.44MB floppy disk into the drive. b. At the DOS prompt, type format A:/S then press <Enter>. Windows î XP environment a. Insert a 1.44 MB floppy disk to the floppy disk drive. b. Click Start Start Start Start Start from the Windows î desktop, then select My My My My My Computer Computer Computer Computer Computer . c. Select the 3 1/2 Floppy Drive icon. d. Click File File File File File from the menu, then select Format Format Format Format Format . A Format 3 1/2 Format 3 1/2 Format 3 1/2 Format 3 1/2 Format 3 1/2 Floppy Disk Floppy Disk Floppy Disk Floppy Disk Floppy Disk window appears. e. Select Create an MS-DOS startup disk Create an MS-DOS startup disk Create an MS-DOS startup disk Create an MS-DOS startup disk Create an MS-DOS startup disk from the format options field, then click Start Start Start Start Start . Windows î 2000 environment To create a set of boot disks for Windows î 2000: a. Insert a formatted, high density 1.44 MB floppy disk into the drive. b. Insert the Windows î 2000 CD to the optical drive. c. Click Start Start Start Start Start , then select Run Run Run Run Run . d. From the Open field, type D:\bootdisk\makeboot a: assuming that D: is your optical drive. Save a copy of the original motherboard BIOS file to a bootable floppy disk in case you need to restore the BIOS in the future. Copy the original motherboard BIOS using the ASUS Update or AFUDOS utilities.
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 2-3 2-3 2-3 2-3 2-3 e. Press <Enter>, then follow screen instructions to continue. 2. Copy the original or the latest motherboard BIOS file to the bootable floppy disk. To update the BIOS using EZ Flash: 1. Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) to download the latest BIOS file for the motherboard and rename the same to P5VDCMX.ROM P5VDCMX.ROM P5VDCMX.ROM P5VDCMX.ROM P5VDCMX.ROM . 2. Save the BIOS file to a floppy disk, then restart the system. 3. Press <Alt> <F2> during POST to display the following. EZFlash starting BIOS update Checking for floppy... 4. Insert the floppy disk that contains the BIOS file to the floppy disk drive. When the correct BIOS file is found, EZ Flash performs the BIOS update process and automatically reboots the system when done. EZFlash starting BIOS update Checking for floppy... Floppy found! Reading file âÂÂP5VDCMX.ROMâÂÂ. Completed. Start erasing.......| Start programming...| Flashed successfully. Rebooting. ⢠Do not shutdown or reset the system while updating the BIOS to prevent system boot failure! ⢠A âÂÂFloppy not found!â error message appears if there is no floppy disk in the drive. A âÂÂP5VDCMX.ROM not found!â error message appears if the correct BIOS file is not found in the floppy disk. Make sure that you rename the BIOS file to P5VDCMX.ROM. 2.1.2 2.1.2 2.1.2 2.1.2 2.1.2 ASUS EZ Flash utility ASUS EZ Flash utility ASUS EZ Flash utility ASUS EZ Flash utility ASUS EZ Flash utility The ASUS EZ Flash feature allows you to update the BIOS without having to go through the long process of booting from a floppy disk and using a DOS-based utility. The EZ Flash utility is built-in the BIOS chip so it is accessible by pressing <Alt> <F2> during the Power-On Self Tests (POST). To use EZ Flash feature on motherboards with onboard VGA, you will not see the screen display when the BIOS is refreshed. Install a graphics card into the expansion slot to display BIOS update message.
2-4 2-4 2-4 2-4 2-4 Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup 2.1.3 2.1.3 2.1.3 2.1.3 2.1.3 AFUDOS utility AFUDOS utility AFUDOS utility AFUDOS utility AFUDOS utility The AFUDOS utility allows you to update the BIOS file in DOS environment using a bootable floppy disk with the updated BIOS file. This utility also allows you to copy the current BIOS file that you can use as backup when the BIOS fails or gets corrupted during the updating process. Copying the current BIOS Copying the current BIOS Copying the current BIOS Copying the current BIOS Copying the current BIOS To copy the current BIOS file using the AFUDOS utility: The utility returns to the DOS prompt after copying the current BIOS file. 3. Press <Enter>. The utility copies the current BIOS file to the floppy disk. A:\>afudos /oOLDBIOS1.ROM AMI Firmware Update Utility - Version 1.10 Copyright (C) 2002 American Megatrends, Inc. All rights reserved. Reading flash ..... done A:\> Main filename Main filename Main filename Main filename Main filename Extension name Extension name Extension name Extension name Extension name 1. Copy the AFUDOS utility (afudos.exe) from the motherboard support CD to the bootable floppy disk you created earlier. 2. Boot the system in DOS mode, then at the prompt type: afudos /o[filename] where the [filename] is any user-assigned filename not more than eight alphanumeric characters for the main filename and three alphanumeric characters for the extension name. A:\>afudos /oOLDBIOS1.ROM ⢠Make sure that the floppy disk is not write-protected and has at least 600 KB free space to save the file. ⢠The succeeding BIOS screens are for reference only. The actual BIOS screen displays may not be exactly the same as shown.
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 2-5 2-5 2-5 2-5 2-5 5. The utility returns to the DOS prompt after the BIOS update process is completed. Reboot the system from the hard disk drive. A:\>afudos /iP5VDCMX.ROM AMI Firmware Update Utility - Version 1.10 Copyright (C) 2002 American Megatrends, Inc. All rights reserved. Reading file ..... done Erasing flash .... done Writing flash .... 0x0008CC00 (9%) Verifying flash .. done A:\> 2. Copy the AFUDOS utility (afudos.exe) from the motherboard support CD to the bootable floppy disk you created earlier. 3. Boot the system in DOS mode, then at the prompt type: afudos /i[filename] where [filename] is the latest or the original BIOS file on the bootable floppy disk. A:\>afudos /iP5VDCMX.ROM AMI Firmware Update Utility - Version 1.10 Copyright (C) 2002 American Megatrends, Inc. All rights reserved. Reading file ..... done Erasing flash .... done Writing flash .... 0x0008CC00 (9%) Updating the BIOS file Updating the BIOS file Updating the BIOS file Updating the BIOS file Updating the BIOS file To update the BIOS file using the AFUDOS utility: 1. Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) and download the latest BIOS file for the motherboard. Save the BIOS file to a bootable floppy disk. A:\>afudos /iP5VDCMX.ROM 4. The utility verifies the file and starts updating the BIOS. Do not shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS to prevent system boot failure! Write the BIOS filename on a piece of paper. You need to type the exact BIOS filename at the DOS prompt.
2-6 2-6 2-6 2-6 2-6 Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup 2.1.4 2.1.4 2.1.4 2.1.4 2.1.4 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 utility ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 utility ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 utility ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 utility ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 utility The ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 is an auto recovery tool that allows you to restore the BIOS file when it fails or gets corrupted during the updating process. You can update a corrupted BIOS file using the motherboard support CD or the floppy disk that contains the updated BIOS file. Recovering the BIOS from a floppy disk Recovering the BIOS from a floppy disk Recovering the BIOS from a floppy disk Recovering the BIOS from a floppy disk Recovering the BIOS from a floppy disk To recover the BIOS from a floppy disk: 1. Turn on the system. 2. Insert the floppy disk with the original or updated BIOS file to the floppy disk drive. 3. The utility displays the following message and automatically checks the floppy disk for the original or updated BIOS file. Bad BIOS checksum. Starting BIOS recovery... Checking for floppy... 4. Restart the system after the utility completes the updating process. Bad BIOS checksum. Starting BIOS recovery... Checking for floppy... Floppy found! Reading file âÂÂP5VDCMX.ROMâÂÂ. Completed. Start flashing... When found, the utility reads the BIOS file and starts flashing the corrupted BIOS file. DO NOT shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS! Doing so can cause system boot failure! ⢠Prepare the motherboard support CD or the floppy disk containing the updated motherboard BIOS before using this utility. ⢠Make sure that you rename the original or updated BIOS file in the floppy disk to P5VDCMX.ROM P5VDCMX.ROM P5VDCMX.ROM P5VDCMX.ROM P5VDCMX.ROM . To use CrashFree BIOS2 feature on motherboards with onboard VGA, you will not see the screen display when the BIOS crashes even when you reboot the system. Install a graphics card into the expansion slot before rebooting the computer to display BIOS recovery message.
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 2-7 2-7 2-7 2-7 2-7 The recovered BIOS may not be the latest BIOS version for this motherboard. Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) to download the latest BIOS file. Recovering the BIOS from the support CD Recovering the BIOS from the support CD Recovering the BIOS from the support CD Recovering the BIOS from the support CD Recovering the BIOS from the support CD To recover the BIOS from the support CD: 1. Remove any floppy disk from the floppy disk drive, then turn on the system. 2. Insert the support CD to the optical drive. 3. The utility displays the following message and automatically checks the floppy disk for the original or updated BIOS file. 4. Restart the system after the utility completes the updating process. DO NOT shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS! Doing so can cause system boot failure! Bad BIOS checksum. Starting BIOS recovery... Checking for floppy... Floppy not found! Checking for CD-ROM... CD-ROM found! Reading file âÂÂP5VDCMX.ROMâÂÂ. Completed. Start flashing... When no floppy disk is found, the utility automatically checks the optical drive for the original or updated BIOS file. The utility then updates the corrupted BIOS file. Bad BIOS checksum. Starting BIOS recovery... Checking for floppy...
2-8 2-8 2-8 2-8 2-8 Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Installing ASUS Update Installing ASUS Update Installing ASUS Update Installing ASUS Update Installing ASUS Update To install ASUS Update: 1. Place the support CD in the optical drive. The Drivers Drivers Drivers Drivers Drivers menu appears. 2. Click the Utilities Utilities Utilities Utilities Utilities tab, then click Install ASUS Update Install ASUS Update Install ASUS Update Install ASUS Update Install ASUS Update VX.XX.XX VX.XX.XX VX.XX.XX VX.XX.XX VX.XX.XX . See page 3-4 for the Utilities Utilities Utilities Utilities Utilities screen menu. 3. The ASUS Update utility is copied to your system. 2.1.5 2.1.5 2.1.5 2.1.5 2.1.5 ASUS Update utility ASUS Update utility ASUS Update utility ASUS Update utility ASUS Update utility The ASUS Update is a utility that allows you to manage, save, and update the motherboard BIOS in Windows î environment. The ASUS Update utility allows you to: ⢠Save the current BIOS file ⢠Download the latest BIOS file from the Internet ⢠Update the BIOS from an updated BIOS file ⢠Update the BIOS directly from the Internet, and ⢠View the BIOS version information. This utility is available in the support CD that comes with the motherboard package. ASUS Update requires an Internet connection either through a network or an Internet Service Provider (ISP). Quit all Windows î applications before you update the BIOS using this utility.
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 2-9 2-9 2-9 2-9 2-9 3. Select the ASUS FTP site nearest you to avoid network traffic, or click Auto Select Auto Select Auto Select Auto Select Auto Select . Click Next Next Next Next Next . Updating the BIOS through the Internet Updating the BIOS through the Internet Updating the BIOS through the Internet Updating the BIOS through the Internet Updating the BIOS through the Internet To update the BIOS through the Internet: 1. Launch the ASUS Update utility from the Windows î desktop by clicking Start Start Start Start Start > Programs Programs Programs Programs Programs > ASUS ASUS ASUS ASUS ASUS > ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate > ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate . T h e ASUS Update main window appears. 2. Select Update BIOS from Update BIOS from Update BIOS from Update BIOS from Update BIOS from the Internet the Internet the Internet the Internet the Internet option from the drop-down menu, then click Next Next Next Next Next .
2-10 2-10 2-10 2-10 2-10 Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Updating the BIOS through a BIOS file Updating the BIOS through a BIOS file Updating the BIOS through a BIOS file Updating the BIOS through a BIOS file Updating the BIOS through a BIOS file To update the BIOS through a BIOS file: 1. Launch the ASUS Update utility from the Windows î desktop by clicking Start Start Start Start Start > Programs Programs Programs Programs Programs > ASUS ASUS ASUS ASUS ASUS > ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate > ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate . The ASUS Update main window appears. 2. Select Update BIOS from a Update BIOS from a Update BIOS from a Update BIOS from a Update BIOS from a file file file file file option from the drop-down menu, then click Next Next Next Next Next . 4. From the FTP site, select the BIOS version that you wish to download. Click Next. 5. Follow the screen instructions to complete the update process. The ASUS Update utility is capable of updating itself through the Internet. Always update the utility to avail all its features. 3. Locate the BIOS file from the Open Open Open Open Open window, then click Save Save Save Save Save . 4. Follow the screen instructions to complete the update process.
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 2-11 2-11 2-11 2-11 2-11 2.2 BIOS setup program This motherboard supports a programmable firmware chip that you can update using the provided utility described in section â 2.1 Managing and updating your BIOS.â Use the BIOS Setup program when you are installing a motherboard, reconfiguring your system, or prompted to âÂÂRun SetupâÂÂ. This section explains how to configure your system using this utility. Even if you are not prompted to use the Setup program, you can change the configuration of your computer in the future. For example, you can enable the security password feature or change the power management settings. This requires you to reconfigure your system using the BIOS Setup program so that the computer can recognize these changes and record them in the CMOS RAM of the firmware hub. The firmware hub on the motherboard stores the Setup utility. When you start up the computer, the system provides you with the opportunity to run this program. Press <Del> during the Power-On Self-Test (POST) to enter the Setup utility; otherwise, POST continues with its test routines. If you wish to enter Setup after POST, restart the system by pressing <Ctrl Alt Delete>, or by pressing the reset button on the system chassis. You can also restart by turning the system off and then back on. Do this last option only if the first two failed. The Setup program is designed to make it as easy to use as possible. Being a menu-driven program, it lets you scroll through the various sub-menus and make your selections from the available options using the navigation keys. ⢠The default BIOS settings for this motherboard apply for most conditions to ensure optimum performance. If the system becomes unstable after changing any BIOS settings, load the default settings to ensure system compatibility and stability. Select the Load Load Load Load Load Default Settings Default Settings Default Settings Default Settings Default Settings item under the Exit Menu. See section âÂÂ2.7 Exit Menu.â â¢ The BIOS setup screens shown in this section are for reference purposes only, and may not exactly match what you see on your screen. ⢠Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) to download the latest BIOS file for this motherboard and .
2-12 2-12 2-12 2-12 2-12 Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup 2.2.2 2.2.2 2.2.2 2.2.2 2.2.2 Menu bar Menu bar Menu bar Menu bar Menu bar The menu bar on top of the screen has the following main items: Main Main Main Main M a i n For changing the basic system configuration Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced For changing the advanced system settings Power Power Power Power Power For changing the advanced power management (APM) configuration Boot Boot Boot Boot Boot For changing the system boot configuration Exit Exit Exit Exit Exit For selecting the exit options and loading default settings 2.2.1 2.2.1 2.2.1 2.2.1 2.2.1 BIOS menu screen BIOS menu screen BIOS menu screen BIOS menu screen BIOS menu screen To select an item on the menu bar, press the right or left arrow key on the keyboard until the desired item is highlighted. Some of the navigation keys differ from one screen to another. 2.2.3 2.2.3 2.2.3 2.2.3 2.2.3 Navigation keys Navigation keys Navigation keys Navigation keys Navigation keys At the bottom right corner of a menu screen are the navigation keys for that particular menu. Use the navigation keys to select items in the menu and change the settings. Select Screen Select Item - Change Field Tab Select Field F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2004, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Power Boot Exit System Time [10:55:25] System Date [Thu 09/15/2005] Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in] Primary IDE Master [ST320410A] Primary IDE Slave [ASUS CD-S520/A] Secondary IDE Master [Not Detected] Secondary IDE Slave [Not Detected] Third IDE Master [Not Detected] Third IDE Slave [Not Detected] Fourth IDE Master [Not Detected] Fourth IDE Slave [Not Detected] System Information Use [ENTER], [TAB] or [SHIFT-TAB] to select a field. Use [ ] or [-] to configure the System Time. Navigation keys Navigation keys Navigation keys Navigation keys Navigation keys General help General help General help General help General help Menu bar Menu bar Menu bar Menu bar Menu bar Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Configuration fields Configuration fields Configuration fields Configuration fields Configuration fields Menu items Menu items Menu items Menu items Menu items
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 2-13 2-13 2-13 2-13 2-13 2.2.4 2.2.4 2.2.4 2.2.4 2.2.4 Menu items Menu items Menu items Menu items Menu items The highlighted item on the menu bar displays the specific items for that menu. For example, selecting Main Main Main Main Main shows the Main menu items. The other items (Advanced, Power, Boot, and Exit) on the menu bar have their respective menu items. 2.2.5 2.2.5 2.2.5 2.2.5 2.2.5 Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Sub-menu items A solid triangle before each item on any menu screen means that the iteam has a sub-menu. To display the sub-menu, select the item and press <Enter>. 2.2.6 2.2.6 2.2.6 2.2.6 2.2.6 Configuration fields Configuration fields Configuration fields Configuration fields Configuration fields These fields show the values for the menu items. If an item is user- configurable, you can change the value of the field opposite the item. You cannot select an item that is not user-configurable. A configurable field is enclosed in brackets, and is highlighted when selected. To change the value of a field, select it then press <Enter> to display a list of options. Refer to âÂÂ2.2.7 Pop-up window.â 2.2.7 2.2.7 2.2.7 2.2.7 2.2.7 Pop-up window Pop-up window Pop-up window Pop-up window Pop-up window Select a menu item then press <Enter> to display a pop-up window with the configuration options for that item. 2.2.8 2.2.8 2.2.8 2.2.8 2.2.8 Scroll bar Scroll bar Scroll bar Scroll bar Scroll bar A scroll bar appears on the right side of a menu screen when there are items that do not fit on the screen. Press the Up/Down arrow keys or <Page Up> / <Page Down> keys to display the other items on the screen. 2.2.9 2.2.9 2.2.9 2.2.9 2.2.9 General help General help General help General help General help At the top right corner of the menu screen is a brief description of the selected item. System Time [11:10:19] System Date [Thu 03/27/2003] Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in] Language [English] Primary IDE Master :[ST320413A] Primary IDE Slave :[ASUS CD-S340] Secondary IDE Master :[Not Detected] Secondary IDE Slave :[Not Detected] Third IDE Master :[Not Detected] Fourth IDE Master :[Not Detected] IDE Configuration System Information Use [ENTER], [TAB] or [SHIFT-TAB] to select a field. Use [ ] or [-] to configure system time. Select Screen Select Item - Change Field Tab Select Field F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit Main menu items Main menu items Main menu items Main menu items Main menu items Scroll bar Scroll bar Scroll bar Scroll bar Scroll bar Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit Advanced Chipset settings WARNING: Setting wrong values in the sections below may cause system to malfunction. Configure DRAM Timing by SPD [Enabled] Memory Acceleration Mode [Auto] DRAM Idle Timer [Auto] DRAm Refresh Rate [Auto] Graphic Adapter Priority [AGP/PCI] Graphics Aperture Size [ 64 MB] Spread Spectrum [Enabled] ICH Delayed Transaction [Enabled] MPS Revision [1.4] Pop-up window Pop-up window Pop-up window Pop-up window Pop-up window
2-14 2-14 2-14 2-14 2-14 Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup 2.3 Main menu When you enter the BIOS Setup program, the Main menu screen appears, giving you an overview of the basic system information. 2.3.1 2.3.1 2.3.1 2.3.1 2.3.1 System Time [xx:xx:xxxx] System Time [xx:xx:xxxx] System Time [xx:xx:xxxx] System Time [xx:xx:xxxx] System Time [xx:xx:xxxx] Allows you to set the system time. 2.3.2 2.3.2 2.3.2 2.3.2 2.3.2 System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] Allows you to set the system date. 2.3.3 2.3.3 2.3.3 2.3.3 2.3.3 Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Sets the type of floppy drive installed. Configuration options: [Disabled] [360K, 5.25 in.] [1.2M , 5.25 in.] [720K , 3.5 in.] [1.44M, 3.5 in.] [2.88M, 3.5 in.] Refer to section âÂÂ2.2.1 BIOS menu screenâ for information on the menu screen items and how to navigate through them. Select Screen Select Item - Change Field Tab Select Field F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2004, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Power Boot Exit System Time [10:55:25] System Date [Thu 07/21/2005] Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in] Primary IDE Master [ST320410A] Primary IDE Slave [ASUS CD-S520/A] Secondary IDE Master [Not Detected] Secondary IDE Slave [Not Detected] Third IDE Master [Not Detected] Third IDE Slave [Not Detected] Fourth IDE Master [Not Detected] Fourth IDE Slave [Not Detected] System Information Use [ENTER], [TAB] or [SHIFT-TAB] to select a field. Use [ ] or [-] to configure the System Time.
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 2-15 2-15 2-15 2-15 2-15 2.3.4 2.3.4 2.3.4 2.3.4 2.3.4 Primary and Secondary IDE Master/Slave Primary and Secondary IDE Master/Slave Primary and Secondary IDE Master/Slave Primary and Secondary IDE Master/Slave Primary and Secondary IDE Master/Slave While entering Setup, the BIOS automatically detects the presence of IDE devices. There is a separate sub-menu for each IDE device. Select a device item then press <Enter> to display the IDE device information. The BIOS automatically detects the values opposite the dimmed items (Device, Vendor, Size, LBA Mode, Block Mode, PIO Mode, Async DMA, Ultra DMA, and SMART monitoring). These values are not user-configurable. These items show N/A if no IDE device is installed in the system. Type [Auto] Type [Auto] Type [Auto] Type [Auto] Type [Auto] Selects the type of IDE drive. Setting to Auto allows automatic selection of the appropriate IDE device type. Select CDROM if you are specifically configuring a CD-ROM drive. Select ARMD (ATAPI Removable Media Device) if your device is either a ZIP, LS-120, or MO drive. Configuration options: [Not Installed] [Auto] [CDROM] [ARMD] LBA/Large Mode [Auto] LBA/Large Mode [Auto] LBA/Large Mode [Auto] LBA/Large Mode [Auto] LBA/Large Mode [Auto] Enables or disables the LBA mode. Setting to Auto enables the LBA mode if the device supports this mode, and if the device was not previously formatted with LBA mode disabled. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Auto] Block (Multi-sector Transfer) M [Auto] Block (Multi-sector Transfer) M [Auto] Block (Multi-sector Transfer) M [Auto] Block (Multi-sector Transfer) M [Auto] Block (Multi-sector Transfer) M [Auto] Enables or disables data multi-sectors transfers. When set to Auto, the data transfer from and to the device occurs multiple sectors at a time if the device supports multi-sector transfer feature. When set to [Disabled], the data transfer from and to the device occurs one sector at a time. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Auto] Type [Auto] LBA/Large Mode [Auto] Block(Multi-sector Transfer)M [Auto] PIO Mode [Auto] DMA Mode [Auto] Smart Monitoring [Auto] 32Bit Data Transfer [Enabled] Select the type of device connected to the system.
2-16 2-16 2-16 2-16 2-16 Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup PIO Mode [Auto] PIO Mode [Auto] PIO Mode [Auto] PIO Mode [Auto] PIO Mode [Auto] Selects the PIO mode. Configuration options: [Auto] [0] [1] [2] [3] [4] DMA Mode [Auto] DMA Mode [Auto] DMA Mode [Auto] DMA Mode [Auto] DMA Mode [Auto] Selects the DMA mode. Configuration options: [Auto] [SWDMA0] [SWDMA1] [SWDMA2] [MWDMA0] [MWDMA1] [MWDMA2] [UDMA0] [UDMA1] [UDMA2] [UDMA3] [UDMA04] [UDMA5] [UDMA6] SMART Monitoring [Auto] SMART Monitoring [Auto] SMART Monitoring [Auto] SMART Monitoring [Auto] SMART Monitoring [Auto] Sets the Smart Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology. Configuration options: [Auto] [Disabled] [Enabled] 32Bit Data Transfer [Enabled] 32Bit Data Transfer [Enabled] 32Bit Data Transfer [Enabled] 32Bit Data Transfer [Enabled] 32Bit Data Transfer [Enabled] Enables or disables 32-bit data transfer. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] AMI BIOS AMI BIOS AMI BIOS AMI BIOS AMI BIOS Displays the auto-detected BIOS information Processor Processor Processor Processor Processor Displays the auto-detected CPU specification System Memory System Memory System Memory System Memory System Memory Displays the auto-detected system memory AMIBIOS Version : 0110 Build Date : 10/05/05 Processor Type : Genuine Intel(R) CPU 3.80GHz Speed : 3914 MHz Count : 1 System Memory Usable Size : 192MB 2.3.5 2.3.5 2.3.5 2.3.5 2.3.5 System Information System Information System Information System Information System Information This menu gives you an overview of the general system specifications. The BIOS automatically detects the items in this menu.
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 2-17 2-17 2-17 2-17 2-17 2.4 Advanced menu The Advanced menu items allow you to change the settings for the CPU and other system devices. Take caution when changing the settings of the Advanced menu items. Incorrect field values may cause the system to malfunction. JumperFree Configuration USB Configuration CPU Configuration Chipset Onboard Devices Configuration PCIPnP 2.4.1 2.4.1 2.4.1 2.4.1 2.4.1 JumperFree Configuration JumperFree Configuration JumperFree Configuration JumperFree Configuration JumperFree Configuration Configure System Frequency/Voltage Overclock Mode [Manual] Overclock Mode [Auto] Overclock Mode [Auto] Overclock Mode [Auto] Overclock Mode [Auto] Overclock Mode [Auto] Allows selection of CPU overclocking options to achieve desired CPU internal frequency. Select either one of the preset overclocking configuration options: Manual Manual Manual Manual Manual - allows you to individually set overclocking parameters. Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto - loads the optimal settings for the system. CPU Frequency [200 MHz] Displays the frequency sent by the clock generator to the system bus and PCI bus. The value of this item is auto-detected by the BIOS. Use the < > < > < > < > < > and <-> <-> <-> <-> < - > keys to adjust the CPU frequency. You can also type the desired CPU frequency using the numeric keypad. The values range from 100 to 400. Select the target CPU frequency, and the relevant parameters will be auto-adjusted. Frequencies higher than CPU manufacturer recommends are not guaranteed to be stable. If the system becomes unstable, return to the default.
2-18 2-18 2-18 2-18 2-18 Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup 2.4.2 2.4.2 2.4.2 2.4.2 2.4.2 USB Configuration USB Configuration USB Configuration USB Configuration USB Configuration The items in this menu allows you to change the USB-related features. Select an item then press Enter to display the configuration options. USB 1.1 Ports Configuration [Enabled] USB 1.1 Ports Configuration [Enabled] USB 1.1 Ports Configuration [Enabled] USB 1.1 Ports Configuration [Enabled] USB 1.1 Ports Configuration [Enabled] Allows you to choose the number of USB 1.1 ports to enable. Setting to [Disabled] disables the USB 1.1 host controllers. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] USB 2.0 Ports Enable [Enable] USB 2.0 Ports Enable [Enable] USB 2.0 Ports Enable [Enable] USB 2.0 Ports Enable [Enable] USB 2.0 Ports Enable [Enable] Allows you to enable or disable the USB 2.0 host controllers. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enable] Legacy USB Support [Auto] Legacy USB Support [Auto] Legacy USB Support [Auto] Legacy USB Support [Auto] Legacy USB Support [Auto] Allows you to enable or disable support for legacy USB devices. Setting to Auto allows the system to detect the presence of USB devices at startup. If detected, the USB controller legacy mode is enabled. If no USB device is detected, the legacy USB support is disabled. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] [Auto] Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2004, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced USB Configuration Module Version - 2.24.0-11.4 USB Devices Enabled: None USB 1.1 Ports Configuration [Enabled] USB 2.0 Ports Enable [Enable] Legacy USB Support [Auto] USB 2.0 Controller Mode [Hispeed] BIOS EHCI Hand-Off [Enabled] Enables 1.1 USB host controllers. The Module Version and USB Devices Enabled items show the auto-detected values. If no USB device is detected, the item shows None. USB 2.0 Controller Mode [Hispeed] USB 2.0 Controller Mode [Hispeed] USB 2.0 Controller Mode [Hispeed] USB 2.0 Controller Mode [Hispeed] USB 2.0 Controller Mode [Hispeed] Allows you to configure the USB 2.0 controller in HiSpeed (480 Mbps) or Full Speed (12 Mbps). Configuration options: [FullSpeed] [HiSpeed ]
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 2-19 2-19 2-19 2-19 2-19 BIOS EHCI Hand-Off [Enabled] BIOS EHCI Hand-Off [Enabled] BIOS EHCI Hand-Off [Enabled] BIOS EHCI Hand-Off [Enabled] BIOS EHCI Hand-Off [Enabled] Allows you to enable support for operating systems without an EHCI hand-off feature. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Do not disable the BIOS EHCI Hand-Off option if you are running a Windows î operating system with USB device. 2.4.3 2.4.3 2.4.3 2.4.3 2.4.3 CPU Configuration CPU Configuration CPU Configuration CPU Configuration CPU Configuration The items in this menu show the CPU-related information auto-detected by BIOS. Configure Advanced CPU settings Manufacturer: Intel Brand String: Genuine Intel(R) CPU 3.80GHz Frequency : 3914Mhz FSB Speed : 825Mhz Cache L1 : 16 KB Cache L2 : 2048 KB Cache L3 : 0 KB Ratio Status: Unlocked (Max:19, Min:14) Ratio Actual Value: 19 Ratio CMOS Setting: [ 19] Max CPUID Value Limit: [Disabled] Excute Disable Function [Disabled] Hyper Threading Technology [Disabled] Ratio CMOS Setting [ 16] Ratio CMOS Setting [ 16] Ratio CMOS Setting [ 16] Ratio CMOS Setting [ 16] Ratio CMOS Setting [ 16] Sets the ratio between the CPU Core Clock and the Front Side Bus frequency. The default value of this item is auto-detected by BIOS. Use the < > or <-> keys to adjust the values. Max CPUID Value Limit [Disabled] Max CPUID Value Limit [Disabled] Max CPUID Value Limit [Disabled] Max CPUID Value Limit [Disabled] Max CPUID Value Limit [Disabled] Enable this item to boot legacy operating systems that cannot support CPUs with extended CPUID functions. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
2-20 2-20 2-20 2-20 2-20 Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Execute Disable Function [Disabled] Execute Disable Function [Disabled] Execute Disable Function [Disabled] Execute Disable Function [Disabled] Execute Disable Function [Disabled] Enables or disables the Execute Disable function. This item appears only when you install a processor with the Execute Disable function. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Hyper-Threading Technology [Disabled] Hyper-Threading Technology [Disabled] Hyper-Threading Technology [Disabled] Hyper-Threading Technology [Disabled] Hyper-Threading Technology [Disabled] This item allows you to enable or disable the processor Hyper-Threading Technology. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] 2.4.4 2.4.4 2.4.4 2.4.4 2.4.4 Chipset Chipset Chipset Chipset Chipset The Chipset menu items allow you to change the advanced chipset settings. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the sub-menu. NorthBridge Configuration NorthBridge Configuration NorthBridge Configuration NorthBridge Configuration NorthBridge Configuration Select Screen Select Item Enter Go to Subscreen F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2004, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced Advanced Chipset Settings WARNING: Setting wrong values in below sections may cause system to malfunction. Northbridge Configuration Southbridge Configuration BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced NorthBridge Configuration DRAM Clock/Timing Configuration AGP & P2P Bridge Configuration Options for NB Options for DRAM
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 2-21 2-21 2-21 2-21 2-21 DRAM Frequency/Timing Configuration DRAM Frequency/Timing Configuration DRAM Frequency/Timing Configuration DRAM Frequency/Timing Configuration DRAM Frequency/Timing Configuration BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced DRAM Frequency/Timing Configuration DRAM Frequency [Auto] DRAM Timing [Auto] DRAM Frequency [Auto] DRAM Frequency [Auto] DRAM Frequency [Auto] DRAM Frequency [Auto] DRAM Frequency [Auto] Sets the DDR/DDR2 operating frequency. Configuration options when install DDR memory modules: [Auto] [266 MHz] [333 MHz] [400 MHz]; Configuration options when install DDR2 memory modules: [Auto] [400 MHz] [533 MHz] DRAM Timing [Auto] DRAM Timing [Auto] DRAM Timing [Auto] DRAM Timing [Auto] DRAM Timing [Auto] Configuration options: [Manual] [Auto] DRAM CAS# Latency [DDR/DDR2] [2.5/4] Configuration options: [1.5/2] [2.0/3] [2.5/4] [3.0/5] Precharge to Active (Trp) [4T] Configuration options: [2T] [3T] [4T] [5T] Active to Precharge (Tras) [7T] Configuration options: [5T] [6T] [7T] [8T] [9T] [10T] [11T] [12T] [13T] [14T] [15T] [16T] [17T] [18T] [19T] [20T] REF to ACT/REF to REF (Trfc) [25T] Configuration options: [24T] [25T] [26T] [27T] [28T] [29T] [30T] [31T] [32T] ~ [39T] Active to Command (Trcd) [4T] Configuration options: [2T] [3T] [4T] [5T] The following items only appear when the DRAM Timing item is set to [Manual].
2-22 2-22 2-22 2-22 2-22 Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup AGP & P2P Bridge Configuration AGP & P2P Bridge Configuration AGP & P2P Bridge Configuration AGP & P2P Bridge Configuration AGP & P2P Bridge Configuration Select Screen Select Item Enter Go to Subscreen F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2004, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced AGP & P2P Bridge Configuration Primary Graphics Adapter [AGP] AGP Aperture Size [128MB] AGP 3.0 Mode [8X] AGP Fast Write [Disabled] VGA Frame Buffer Size [64MB] Primary Graphics Adapter [AGP] Primary Graphics Adapter [AGP] Primary Graphics Adapter [AGP] Primary Graphics Adapter [AGP] Primary Graphics Adapter [AGP] Allows selection of the graphics controller to use as primary boot device. Configuration options: [PCI] [AGP] AGP Aperture Size [128MB] AGP Aperture Size [128MB] AGP Aperture Size [128MB] AGP Aperture Size [128MB] AGP Aperture Size [128MB] Allows you to set the graphics aperture size. Configuration options: [32MB] [64MB] [128MB] [256MB] [512MB] [1GB] AGP 3.0 Mode [8X] AGP 3.0 Mode [8X] AGP 3.0 Mode [8X] AGP 3.0 Mode [8X] AGP 3.0 Mode [8X] Allows you to set the AGP 3.0 mode. Configuration options: [8X] [4X] AGP Fast Write [Disabled] AGP Fast Write [Disabled] AGP Fast Write [Disabled] AGP Fast Write [Disabled] AGP Fast Write [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the AGP Fast Write feature. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] VGA Frame Buffer Size [64MB] VGA Frame Buffer Size [64MB] VGA Frame Buffer Size [64MB] VGA Frame Buffer Size [64MB] VGA Frame Buffer Size [64MB] Allows you to set the frame buffer size. Configuration options: [16MB] [32MB] [64MB]
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 2-23 2-23 2-23 2-23 2-23 SouthBridge Configuration SouthBridge Configuration SouthBridge Configuration SouthBridge Configuration SouthBridge Configuration * Serial ATA Controller [SATA] * Onboard LAN [Enabled] LAN Optional ROM [Disabled] * ACâÂÂ97 Audio Controller [Enabled] Serial ATA Controller [SATA] Serial ATA Controller [SATA] Serial ATA Controller [SATA] Serial ATA Controller [SATA] Serial ATA Controller [SATA] Allows you to set the Serial ATA mode. Configuration options: [Disabled] [SATA] [RAID] Onboard LAN [Enabled] Onboard LAN [Enabled] Onboard LAN [Enabled] Onboard LAN [Enabled] Onboard LAN [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onboard LAN. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] LAN Optional ROM [Disabled] LAN Optional ROM [Disabled] LAN Optional ROM [Disabled] LAN Optional ROM [Disabled] LAN Optional ROM [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onboard LAN optional ROM. The item appears only when the LAN Controller LAN Controller LAN Controller LAN Controller LAN Controller item is set to Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled . Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] ACâÂÂ97 Audio Controller [Enabled] ACâÂÂ97 Audio Controller [Enabled] ACâÂÂ97 Audio Controller [Enabled] ACâÂÂ97 Audio Controller [Enabled] ACâÂÂ97 Audio Controller [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the ACâÂÂ97 Audio. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
2-24 2-24 2-24 2-24 2-24 Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup 2.4.5 2.4.5 2.4.5 2.4.5 2.4.5 Onboard Devices Configuration Onboard Devices Configuration Onboard Devices Configuration Onboard Devices Configuration Onboard Devices Configuration Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Allows you to select the Serial Port1 base address. Configuration options: [Disabled] [3F8/IRQ4] [2F8/IRQ3] [3E8/IRQ4] [2E8/IRQ3] Parallel Port Address [378] Parallel Port Address [378] Parallel Port Address [378] Parallel Port Address [378] Parallel Port Address [378] Allows you to select the Parallel Port base addresses. Configuration options: [Disabled] [378] [278] Select Screen Select Item Enter Go to Subscreen F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2004, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced Configure ITE8712 Super IO Chipset Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Parallel Port Address [378] Parallel Port Mode [EPP ECP] EPP Version [1.9] ECP Mode DMA Channel [DMA3] Parallel Port IRQ [IRQ7] Onboard Game Port [Disabled] Onboard MIDI Port [Diaabled] Parallel Port Mode [EPP ECP] Parallel Port Mode [EPP ECP] Parallel Port Mode [EPP ECP] Parallel Port Mode [EPP ECP] Parallel Port Mode [EPP ECP] Allows you to select the Parallel Port mode. Configuration options: [Normal] [EPP] [ECP] [EPP ECP] EPP Version [1.9] EPP Version [1.9] EPP Version [1.9] EPP Version [1.9] EPP Version [1.9] Allows selection of the Parallel Port EPP version. This item appears only when the Parallel Port Mode Parallel Port Mode Parallel Port Mode Parallel Port Mode Parallel Port Mode i s set to EPP EPP EPP EPP EPP . Configuration options: [1.9] [1.7] ECP Mode DMA Channel [DMA3] ECP Mode DMA Channel [DMA3] ECP Mode DMA Channel [DMA3] ECP Mode DMA Channel [DMA3] ECP Mode DMA Channel [DMA3] Allows selection of the Parallel Port ECP DMA channel. This item appears only when the Parallel Port Mode Parallel Port Mode Parallel Port Mode Parallel Port Mode Parallel Port Mode i s set to ECP ECP ECP ECP E C P. Configuration options: [DMA0] [DMA1] [DMA3] Parallel Port IRQ [IRQ7] Parallel Port IRQ [IRQ7] Parallel Port IRQ [IRQ7] Parallel Port IRQ [IRQ7] Parallel Port IRQ [IRQ7] Allows you to select the Parallel Port IRQ. Configuration options: [IRQ5] [IRQ7]
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 2-25 2-25 2-25 2-25 2-25 2.4.6 2.4.6 2.4.6 2.4.6 2.4.6 PCI PnP PCI PnP PCI PnP PCI PnP PCI PnP The PCI PnP menu items allow you to change the advanced settings for PCI/PnP devices. The menu includes setting IRQ and DMA channel resources for either PCI/PnP or legacy ISA devices, and setting the memory size block for legacy ISA devices. Take caution when changing the settings of the PCI PnP menu items. Incorrect field values can cause the system to malfunction. Advanced PCI/PnP Settings WARNING: Setting wrong values in below sections may cause system to malfunction. Plug And Play O/S [No] PCI Latency Timer [64] Allocate IRQ to PCI VGA [Yes] Palette Snooping [Disabled] IRQ-3 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-4 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-5 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-7 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-9 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-10 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-11 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-14 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-15 assigned to [PCI Device] Onboard Game Port [Disabled] Onboard Game Port [Disabled] Onboard Game Port [Disabled] Onboard Game Port [Disabled] Onboard Game Port [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onboard Game port. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Onboard MIDI Port [Disabled] Onboard MIDI Port [Disabled] Onboard MIDI Port [Disabled] Onboard MIDI Port [Disabled] Onboard MIDI Port [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onboard MIDI port. Configuration options: [Disabled] [300] [330] Plug and Play O/S [No] Plug and Play O/S [No] Plug and Play O/S [No] Plug and Play O/S [No] Plug and Play O/S [No] When set to [No], BIOS configures all the devices in the system. When set to [Yes] and if you install a Plug and Play operating system, the operating system configures the Plug and Play devices not required for boot. Configuration options: [No] [Yes] PCI Latency Timer [64] PCI Latency Timer [64] PCI Latency Timer [64] PCI Latency Timer [64] PCI Latency Timer [64] Allows you to select the value in units of PCI clocks for the PCI device latency timer register. Configuration options: [32] [64] [96] [128] [160] [192] [224] [248]
2-26 2-26 2-26 2-26 2-26 Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Allocate IRQ to PCI VGA [Yes] Allocate IRQ to PCI VGA [Yes] Allocate IRQ to PCI VGA [Yes] Allocate IRQ to PCI VGA [Yes] Allocate IRQ to PCI VGA [Yes] When set to [Yes], BIOS assigns an IRQ to PCI VGA card if the card requests for an IRQ. When set to [No], BIOS does not assign an IRQ to the PCI VGA card even if requested. Configuration options: [Yes] [No] Palette Snooping [Disabled] Palette Snooping [Disabled] Palette Snooping [Disabled] Palette Snooping [Disabled] Palette Snooping [Disabled] When set to [Enabled], the pallete snooping feature informs the PCI devices that an ISA graphics device is installed in the system so that the latter can function correctly. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] IRQ-xx assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-xx assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-xx assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-xx assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-xx assigned to [PCI Device] When set to [PCI Device], the specific IRQ is free for use of PCI/PnP devices. When set to [Reserved], the IRQ is reserved for legacy ISA devices. Configuration options: [PCI Device] [Reserved]
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 2-27 2-27 2-27 2-27 2-27 2.5 Power menu The Power menu items allow you to change the settings for the Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) and the Advanced Power Management (APM). Select an item then press <Enter> to display the configuration options. 2.5.1 2.5.1 2.5.1 2.5.1 2.5.1 Suspend Mode [Auto] Suspend Mode [Auto] Suspend Mode [Auto] Suspend Mode [Auto] Suspend Mode [Auto] Allows you to select the Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) state to be used for system suspend. Configuration options: [S1 (POS) Only] [S3 Only] [Auto] 2.5.2 2.5.2 2.5.2 2.5.2 2.5.2 Repost Video on S3 Resume [No] Repost Video on S3 Resume [No] Repost Video on S3 Resume [No] Repost Video on S3 Resume [No] Repost Video on S3 Resume [No] Determines whether to invoke VGA BIOS POST on S3/STR resume. Configuration options: [No] [Yes] 2.5.3 2.5.3 2.5.3 2.5.3 2.5.3 ACPI 2.0 Support [No] ACPI 2.0 Support [No] ACPI 2.0 Support [No] ACPI 2.0 Support [No] ACPI 2.0 Support [No] Allows you to add more tables for Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) 2.0 specifications. Configuration options: [No] [Yes] 2.5.4 2.5.4 2.5.4 2.5.4 2.5.4 ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) support in the Application-Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). When set to Enabled, the ACPI APIC table pointer is included in the RSDT pointer list. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Select Screen Select Item - Change Field F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2004, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Power Boot Exit Suspend Mode [Auto] Repost Video on S3 Resume [No] ACPI 2.0 Support [No] ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] APM Configuration Hardware Monitor Select the ACPI state used for System Suspend.
2-28 2-28 2-28 2-28 2-28 Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup 2.5.5 2.5.5 2.5.5 2.5.5 2.5.5 APM Configuration APM Configuration APM Configuration APM Configuration APM Configuration APM Configuration Power Management/APM [Enabled] Restore on AC Power Loss [Power Off] Resume On Ring [Disabled] Resume On PME# [Disabled] Resume On PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Resume On PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] Resume On RTC Alarm [Disabled] Power Management/APM [Enabled] Power Management/APM [Enabled] Power Management/APM [Enabled] Power Management/APM [Enabled] Power Management/APM [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the advanced power management feature. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Restore on AC Power Loss [Power Off] Restore on AC Power Loss [Power Off] Restore on AC Power Loss [Power Off] Restore on AC Power Loss [Power Off] Restore on AC Power Loss [Power Off] When set to Power Off, the system goes into off state after an AC power loss. When set to Power On, the system goes on after an AC power loss. When set to Last State, the system goes into either off or on state, whatever the system state was before the AC power loss. Configuration options: [Power OFF] [Power On] [Last State] Resume On Ring [Disabled] Resume On Ring [Disabled] Resume On Ring [Disabled] Resume On Ring [Disabled] Resume On Ring [Disabled] When set to [Enabled], the system enables the RI to generate a wake event while the computer is in Soft-off mode. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Resume On PME# [Disabled] Resume On PME# [Disabled] Resume On PME# [Disabled] Resume On PME# [Disabled] Resume On PME# [Disabled] When set to [Enabled], the system enables the PME to generate a wake event while the computer is in Soft-off mode. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Resume On PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Resume On PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Resume On PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Resume On PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Resume On PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Allows you to disable the PS/2 Power-On by keyboard feature or use specific keys on the keyboard to turn on the system. This feature requires an ATX power supply that provides at least 1A on the 5VSB lead. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Resume On PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] Resume On PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] Resume On PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] Resume On PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] Resume On PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] When set to [Enabled], this parameter allows you to use the PS/2 mouse to turn on the system. This feature requires an ATX power supply that provides at least 1A on the 5VSB lead. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 2-29 2-29 2-29 2-29 2-29 2.5.6 2.5.6 2.5.6 2.5.6 2.5.6 Hardware Monitor Hardware Monitor Hardware Monitor Hardware Monitor Hardware Monitor Hardware Monitor CPU Temperature [51úC/122.5úF] MB Temperature [41úC/105.5úF] CPU Fan Speed [3813 RPM] Chassis Fan Speed [N/A] VCORE Voltage [ 1.320V] 3.3V Voltage [ 3.345V] 5V Voltage [ 5.094V] 12V Voltage [11.880V] Q-FAN Function [Disabled] CPU Temperature [xxxC/xxxF] CPU Temperature [xxxC/xxxF] CPU Temperature [xxxC/xxxF] CPU Temperature [xxxC/xxxF] CPU Temperature [xxxC/xxxF] MB Temperature [xxxC/xxxF] MB Temperature [xxxC/xxxF] MB Temperature [xxxC/xxxF] MB Temperature [xxxC/xxxF] MB Temperature [xxxC/xxxF] The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and displays the motherboard and CPU temperatures. Select Ignored if you do not wish to display the detected temperatures. CPU Fan Speed [xxxxRPM] or [N/A] CPU Fan Speed [xxxxRPM] or [N/A] CPU Fan Speed [xxxxRPM] or [N/A] CPU Fan Speed [xxxxRPM] or [N/A] CPU Fan Speed [xxxxRPM] or [N/A] The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and displays the CPU fan speed in rotations per minute (RPM). If the fan is not connected to the motherboard, the field shows N/A. Select Ignored if you do not wish to display the detected fan speed. Chassis Fan Speed [xxxxRPM] or [N/A] Chassis Fan Speed [xxxxRPM] or [N/A] Chassis Fan Speed [xxxxRPM] or [N/A] Chassis Fan Speed [xxxxRPM] or [N/A] Chassis Fan Speed [xxxxRPM] or [N/A] The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and displays the chassis fan speed in rotations per minute (RPM). If the fan is not connected to the chassis, the specific field shows N/A. Select Ignored if you do not wish to display the detected fan speed. Resume On RTC Alarm [Disabled] Resume On RTC Alarm [Disabled] Resume On RTC Alarm [Disabled] Resume On RTC Alarm [Disabled] Resume On RTC Alarm [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable RTC to generate a wake event. When this item is set to Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled , the items RTC Alarm Date, RTC Alarm Hour, RTC Alarm Minute, and RTC Alarm Second appear with set values. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
2-30 2-30 2-30 2-30 2-30 Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup 2.6 Boot menu The Boot menu items allow you to change the system boot options. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the sub-menu. Boot Settings Boot Device Priority Boot Settings Configuration Security 2.6.1 2.6.1 2.6.1 2.6.1 2.6.1 Boot Device Priority Boot Device Priority Boot Device Priority Boot Device Priority Boot Device Priority 1st ~ xxth Boot Device [1st Floppy Drive] 1st ~ xxth Boot Device [1st Floppy Drive] 1st ~ xxth Boot Device [1st Floppy Drive] 1st ~ xxth Boot Device [1st Floppy Drive] 1st ~ xxth Boot Device [1st Floppy Drive] These items specify the boot device priority sequence from the available devices. The number of device items that appears on the screen depends on the number of devices installed in the system. Configuration options: [xxxxx Drive] [Disabled] Boot Device Priority 1st Boot Device [1st FLOPPY DRIVE] 2nd Boot Device [PM-ST330620A] 3rd Boot Device [PS-ASUS CD-S360] VCORE Voltage, 3.3V Voltage, 5V Voltage, 12V Voltage VCORE Voltage, 3.3V Voltage, 5V Voltage, 12V Voltage VCORE Voltage, 3.3V Voltage, 5V Voltage, 12V Voltage VCORE Voltage, 3.3V Voltage, 5V Voltage, 12V Voltage VCORE Voltage, 3.3V Voltage, 5V Voltage, 12V Voltage The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects the voltage output through the onboard voltage regulators. Q-FAN Function [Disabled] Q-FAN Function [Disabled] Q-FAN Function [Disabled] Q-FAN Function [Disabled] Q-FAN Function [Disabled] Allows you to disable or enabled the Q-Fan function that monitors the CPU/ System temperature and smartly adjust the fan speed. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] CPU Fan Ratio [Auto] CPU Fan Ratio [Auto] CPU Fan Ratio [Auto] CPU Fan Ratio [Auto] CPU Fan Ratio [Auto] Allows you to select the appropriate the CPU fan speed ratio for the system. The default [Auto] automatically selects the fan speed ratio when operate the low CPU temperature. Select a higher ratio if you installed additional devices and the system requires more ventilation. This item appears only when the CPU Q-Fan Function is Enabled. Configuration options: Configuration options: [Auto] [90%] [80%]~[20%] The CPU Fan Ratio item appears when you enable th CPU Q-Fan Function.
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 2-31 2-31 2-31 2-31 2-31 2.6.2 2.6.2 2.6.2 2.6.2 2.6.2 Boot Settings Configuration Boot Settings Configuration Boot Settings Configuration Boot Settings Configuration Boot Settings Configuration Boot Settings Configuration Quick Boot [Enabled] Full Screen Logo [Enabled] AddOn ROM Display Mode [Force BIOS] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Wait For âÂÂF1â If Error [Enabled] Hit âÂÂDELâ Message Display [Enabled] Interrupt 19 Capture [Disabled] Allows BIOS to skip certain tests while booting. This will decrease the time needed to boot the system. Add On ROM Display Mode [Force BIOS] Add On ROM Display Mode [Force BIOS] Add On ROM Display Mode [Force BIOS] Add On ROM Display Mode [Force BIOS] Add On ROM Display Mode [Force BIOS] Sets the display mode for option ROM. Configuration options: [Force BIOS] [Keep Current] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Allows you to select the power-on state for the NumLock. Configuration options: [Off] [On] Wait for âÂÂF1â If Error [Enabled] Wait for âÂÂF1â If Error [Enabled] Wait for âÂÂF1â If Error [Enabled] Wait for âÂÂF1â If Error [Enabled] Wait for âÂÂF1â If Error [Enabled] When set to Enabled, the system waits for the F1 key to be pressed when error occurs. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Hit âÂÂDELâ Message Display [Enabled] Hit âÂÂDELâ Message Display [Enabled] Hit âÂÂDELâ Message Display [Enabled] Hit âÂÂDELâ Message Display [Enabled] Hit âÂÂDELâ Message Display [Enabled] When set to Enabled, the system displays the message âÂÂPress DEL to run Setupâ during POST. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Interrupt 19 Capture [Disabled] Interrupt 19 Capture [Disabled] Interrupt 19 Capture [Disabled] Interrupt 19 Capture [Disabled] Interrupt 19 Capture [Disabled] When set to [Enabled], this function allows the option ROMs to trap Interrupt 19. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Enabling this item allows the BIOS to skip some power on self tests (POST) while booting to decrease the time needed to boot the system. When set to [Disabled], BIOS performs all the POST items. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Full Screen Logo [Enabled] Full Screen Logo [Enabled] Full Screen Logo [Enabled] Full Screen Logo [Enabled] Full Screen Logo [Enabled] This allows you to enable or disable the full screen logo display feature. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Set this item to [Enabled] to use the ASUS MyLogo⢠feature.
2-32 2-32 2-32 2-32 2-32 Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup If you forget your BIOS password, you can clear clear it by erasing the CMOS Real Time Clock (RTC) RAM. See section âÂÂ1.9 Jumpersâ for information on how to erase the RTC RAM. 2.6.3 2.6.3 2.6.3 2.6.3 2.6.3 Security Security Security Security Security The Security menu items allow you to change the system security settings. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the configuration options. Security Settings Supervisor Password : Not Installed User Password : Not Installed Change Supervisor Password Change User Password <Enter> to change password. <Enter> again to disabled password. Change Supervisor Password Change Supervisor Password Change Supervisor Password Change Supervisor Password Change Supervisor Password Select this item to set or change the supervisor password. The Supervisor Password item on top of the screen shows the default Not Installed Not Installed Not Installed Not Installed Not Installed . After you set a password, this item shows Installed Installed Installed Installed Installed . To set a Supervisor Password: 1. Select the Change Supervisor Password item and press <Enter>. 2. From the password box, type a password composed of at least six letters and/or numbers, then press <Enter>. 3. Confirm the password when prompted. The message âÂÂPassword Installedâ appears after you successfully set your password. To change the supervisor password, follow the same steps as in setting a user password. To clear the supervisor password, select the Change Supervisor Password then press <Enter>. The message âÂÂPassword Uninstalledâ appears.
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 2-33 2-33 2-33 2-33 2-33 After you have set a supervisor password, the other items appear to allow you to change other security settings. User Access Level (Full Access] User Access Level (Full Access] User Access Level (Full Access] User Access Level (Full Access] User Access Level (Full Access] This item allows you to select the access restriction to the Setup items. Configuration options: [No Access] [View Only] [Limited] [Full Access] No Access No Access No Access No Access No Access prevents user access to the Setup utility. View Only View Only View Only View Only View Only allows access but does not allow change to any field. Limited Limited Limited Limited Limited allows changes only to selected fields, such as Date and Time. Full Access Full Access Full Access Full Access Full Access allows viewing and changing all the fields in the Setup utility. Change User Password Change User Password Change User Password Change User Password Change User Password Select this item to set or change the user password. The User Password item on top of the screen shows the default Not Installed Not Installed Not Installed Not Installed N o t I n s t a l l e d. After you set a password, this item shows Installed Installed Installed Installed Installed . To set a User Password: 1. Select the Change User Password item and press <Enter>. 2. On the password box that appears, type a password composed of at least six letters and/or numbers, then press <Enter>. 3. Confirm the password when prompted. The message âÂÂPassword Installedâ appears after you set your password successfully. To change the user password, follow the same steps as in setting a user password. Clear User Password Clear User Password Clear User Password Clear User Password Clear User Password Select this item to clear the user password. Security Settings Supervisor Password : Not Installed User Password : Not Installed Change Supervisor Password User Access Level [Full Access] Change User Password Clear User Password Password Check [Setup] Boot Sector Virus Protection [Disabled]
2-34 2-34 2-34 2-34 2-34 Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Once you are finished making your selections, choose this option from the Exit menu to ensure the values you selected are saved to the CMOS RAM. An onboard backup battery sustains the CMOS RAM so it stays on even when the PC is turned off. When you select this option, a confirmation window appears. Select Yes Yes Yes Yes Y e s to save changes and exit. 2.7 Exit menu The Exit menu items allow you to load the optimal or failsafe default values for the BIOS items, and save or discard your changes to the BIOS items. Pressing <Esc> does not immediately exit this menu. Select one of the options from this menu or <F10> from the legend bar to exit. Exit Options Exit & Save Changes Exit & Discard Changes Discard Changes Load Setup Defaults Password Check [Setup] Password Check [Setup] Password Check [Setup] Password Check [Setup] Password Check [Setup] When set to [Setup], BIOS checks for user password when accessing the Setup utility. When set to [Always], BIOS checks for user password both when accessing Setup and booting the system. Configuration options: [Setup] [Always]
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 2-35 2-35 2-35 2-35 2-35 Exit & Discard Changes Exit & Discard Changes Exit & Discard Changes Exit & Discard Changes Exit & Discard Changes Select this option only if you do not want to save the changes that you made to the Setup program. If you made changes to fields other than System Date, System Time, and Password, the BIOS asks for a confirmation before exiting. Discard Changes Discard Changes Discard Changes Discard Changes Discard Changes This option allows you to discard the selections you made and restore the previously saved values. After selecting this option, a confirmation appears. Select Yes Yes Yes Yes Y e s to discard any changes and load the previously saved values. Load Setup Defaults Load Setup Defaults Load Setup Defaults Load Setup Defaults Load Setup Defaults This option allows you to load the default values for each of the parameters on the Setup menus. When you select this option or if you press <F5>, a confirmation window appears. Select Yes Yes Yes Yes Y e s to load default values. Select Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes o r make other changes before saving the values to the non-volatile RAM. If you attempt to exit the Setup program without saving your changes, the program prompts you with a message asking if you want to save your changes before exiting. Press <Enter> to save the changes while exiting.
2-36 2-36 2-36 2-36 2-36 Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 3-1 3-1 3-1 3-1 3-1 3 Software support This chapter describes the contents of the support CD that comes with the motherboard package.
3-2 3-2 3-2 3-2 3-2 Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support If Autorun Autorun Autorun Autorun Autorun i s NOT enabled in your computer, browse the contents of the support CD to locate the file ASSETUP.EXE from the BIN folder. Double-click the ASSETUP.EXE ASSETUP.EXE ASSETUP.EXE ASSETUP.EXE ASSETUP.EXE t o run the CD. Click an item to install Click an item to install Click an item to install Click an item to install Click an item to install 3.1 Installing an operating system This motherboard supports Windows î 2000/XP/2003 Server operating systems (OS). Always install the latest OS version and corresponding updates to maximize the features of your hardware. 3.2 Support CD information The support CD that came with the motherboard package contains the drivers, software applications, and utilities that you can install to avail all motherboard features. 3.2.1 3.2.1 3.2.1 3.2.1 3.2.1 Running the support CD Running the support CD Running the support CD Running the support CD Running the support CD Place the support CD to the optical drive. The CD automatically displays the Drivers Drivers Drivers Drivers Drivers menu if Autorun is enabled in your computer. ⢠Motherboard settings and hardware options vary. Use the setup procedures presented in this chapter for reference only. Refer to your OS documentation for detailed information. ⢠Make sure that you install Windows î 2000 Service Pack 4 or the Windows î XP Service Pack 1 or later versions before installing the drivers for better compatibility and system stability. The contents of the support CD are subject to change at any time without notice. Visit the ASUS website(www.asus.com) for updates. Click an icon to Click an icon to Click an icon to Click an icon to Click an icon to display support display support display support display support display support CD/motherboard CD/motherboard CD/motherboard CD/motherboard CD/motherboard information information information information information
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 3-3 3-3 3-3 3-3 3-3 3.2.2 3.2.2 3.2.2 3.2.2 3.2.2 Drivers menu Drivers menu Drivers menu Drivers menu Drivers menu The drivers menu shows the available device drivers if the system detects installed devices. Install the necessary drivers to activate the devices. VIA VT8251 Chipset Driver VIA VT8251 Chipset Driver VIA VT8251 Chipset Driver VIA VT8251 Chipset Driver VIA VT8251 Chipset Driver Install the VIA VT8251 Chipset Driver. VIA/S3G Display Driver VIA/S3G Display Driver VIA/S3G Display Driver VIA/S3G Display Driver VIA/S3G Display Driver Install the VIA/S3G UniChrome Family Display Driver. Realtek Audio Driver Realtek Audio Driver Realtek Audio Driver Realtek Audio Driver Realtek Audio Driver Executes the wizard to install the Realtek ALC653 Audio Driver. VIA 10/100Mb LAN Driver VIA 10/100Mb LAN Driver VIA 10/100Mb LAN Driver VIA 10/100Mb LAN Driver VIA 10/100Mb LAN Driver Install the VIA Ethernet Driver. USB 2.0 Driver USB 2.0 Driver USB 2.0 Driver USB 2.0 Driver USB 2.0 Driver Installs the USB 2.0 driver.
3-4 3-4 3-4 3-4 3-4 Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support 3.2.3 3.2.3 3.2.3 3.2.3 3.2.3 Utilities menu Utilities menu Utilities menu Utilities menu Utilities menu The Utilities menu shows the applications and other software that the motherboard supports. ASUS PC Probe II ASUS PC Probe II ASUS PC Probe II ASUS PC Probe II ASUS PC Probe II This smart utility monitors the fan speed, CPU temperature, and system voltages, and alerts you of any detected problems. This utility helps you keep your computer in healthy operating condition. ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update The ASUS Update utility allows you to update the motherboard BIOS in a Windows î environment. This utility requires an Internet connection either through a network or an Internet Service Provider (ISP). See page 2-8 for details. ASUS Screen Saver ASUS Screen Saver ASUS Screen Saver ASUS Screen Saver ASUS Screen Saver Installs the ASUS screen saver. ADOBE Reader V7.0 ADOBE Reader V7.0 ADOBE Reader V7.0 ADOBE Reader V7.0 ADOBE Reader V7.0 Installs the Adobe î Acrobat î Reader V7.0. Microsoft DirectX 9.0c Microsoft DirectX 9.0c Microsoft DirectX 9.0c Microsoft DirectX 9.0c Microsoft DirectX 9.0c Installs the Microsoft î DirectX 9.0c driver. Anti-Virus Utility Anti-Virus Utility Anti-Virus Utility Anti-Virus Utility Anti-Virus Utility Installs the anti-virus program. View the online help for detailed information. This utility only support 2000/XP/XP 64bit/2003 server 64bit.
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 3-5 3-5 3-5 3-5 3-5 3.2.4 3.2.4 3.2.4 3.2.4 3.2.4 Make Disk menu Make Disk menu Make Disk menu Make Disk menu Make Disk menu The Make Disk menu allows you to make a RAID driver disk. Make VIA SATA Driver Disk Make VIA SATA Driver Disk Make VIA SATA Driver Disk Make VIA SATA Driver Disk Make VIA SATA Driver Disk Allows you to create a VIA VT8251 32/64bit RAID driver disk. 3.2.5 3.2.5 3.2.5 3.2.5 3.2.5 Manuals menu Manuals menu Manuals menu Manuals menu Manuals menu The Manuals menu contains a list of supplementary user manuals. Click an item to open the folder of the user manual. Most user manual files are in Portable Document Format (PDF). Install the Adobe î Acrobat î Reader from the Utilities menu Utilities menu Utilities menu Utilities menu Utilities menu before opening a user manual file. Intel LGA775 CPU Install UserâÂÂs Manual Intel LGA775 CPU Install UserâÂÂs Manual Intel LGA775 CPU Install UserâÂÂs Manual Intel LGA775 CPU Install UserâÂÂs Manual Intel LGA775 CPU Install UserâÂÂs Manual Allows you to open the Intel î LGA775 CPU installation guide.
3-6 3-6 3-6 3-6 3-6 Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support 3.2.6 3.2.6 3.2.6 3.2.6 3.2.6 ASUS Contact information ASUS Contact information ASUS Contact information ASUS Contact information ASUS Contact information Click the Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact tab to display the ASUS contact information. You can also find this information on the inside front cover of this user guide.
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 3-7 3-7 3-7 3-7 3-7 3.3 RAID configurations The motherboard supports the following RAID configurations. RAID 0 RAID 0 RAID 0 RAID 0 RAID 0 (Data striping) optimizes two identical hard disk drives to read and write data in parallel, interleaved stacks. Two hard disks perform the same work as a single drive but at a sustained data transfer rate, double that of a single disk alone, thus improving data access and storage. Use of two new identical hard disk drives is required for this setup. RAID 1 RAID 1 RAID 1 RAID 1 RAID 1 (Data mirroring) copies and maintains an identical image of data from one drive to a second drive. If one drive fails, the disk array management software directs all applications to the surviving drive as it contains a complete copy of the data in the other drive. This RAID configuration provides data protection and increases fault tolerance to the entire system. Use two new drives or use an existing drive and a new drive for this setup. The new drive must be of the same size or larger than the existing drive. RAID 0 1 RAID 0 1 RAID 0 1 RAID 0 1 RAID 0 1 i s data striping and data mirroring combined without parity (redundancy data) having to be calculated and written. With the RAID 0 1 configuration you get all the benefits of both RAID 0 and RAID 1 configurations. Use four new hard disk drives or use an existing drive and three new drives for this setup. JBOD JBOD JBOD JBOD JBOD (Spanning) stands for Just a Bunch of Disks Just a Bunch of Disks Just a Bunch of Disks Just a Bunch of Disks Just a Bunch of Disks and refers to hard disk drives that are not yet configured as a RAID set. This configuration stores the same data redundantly on multiple disks that appear as a single disk on the operating system. Spanning does not deliver any advantage over using separate disks independently and does not provide fault tolerance or other RAID performance benefits.
3-8 3-8 3-8 3-8 3-8 Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support 3.3.1 3.3.1 3.3.1 3.3.1 3.3.1 Installing hard disks Installing hard disks Installing hard disks Installing hard disks Installing hard disks The motherboard supports RAID function on Serial ATA hard disk drives. For optimal performance, install identical drives of the same model and capacity when creating a disk array. Installing Serial ATA (SATA) hard disks Installing Serial ATA (SATA) hard disks Installing Serial ATA (SATA) hard disks Installing Serial ATA (SATA) hard disks Installing Serial ATA (SATA) hard disks To install the SATA hard disks for a RAID configuration: 1. Install the SATA hard disks into the drive bays. 2. Connect the SATA signal cables. 3. Connect a SATA power cable to the power connector on each drive. If you want to boot the system from a hard disk drive included in a RAID set, copy first the RAID driver from the support CD to a floppy disk before you install an operating system to a selected hard disk drive. Refer to section âÂÂ3.4 Creating a RAID driver diskâ for details. Refer to the RAID controllers user manual in the motherboard support CD for detailed information on RAID configurations. See section âÂÂ3.2.4 Manuals menuâÂÂ. Entering VIA Tech RAID BIOS Utility Entering VIA Tech RAID BIOS Utility Entering VIA Tech RAID BIOS Utility Entering VIA Tech RAID BIOS Utility Entering VIA Tech RAID BIOS Utility 1. Boot-up your computer. 2. During POST, press <Tab> to enter VIA RAID configuration utility. The following menu options will appear. The RAID BIOS information on the setup screen shown below is for reference only. What you see on your screen may not exactly match what is shown here.
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 3-9 3-9 3-9 3-9 3-9 Create Array Create Array Create Array Create Array Create Array From the VIA RAID BIOS utility main menu, select Create Array Create Array Create Array Create Array Create Array then press <Enter> <Enter> <Enter> <Enter> <Enter> . The main menu items on the upper-left corner of the screen are replaced with create array menu options. RAID 0 for performance RAID 0 for performance RAID 0 for performance RAID 0 for performance RAID 0 for performance 1. From the create array menu, select Array Mode Array Mode Array Mode Array Mode Array Mode , then press <Enter>. The supported RAID configurations appear on a pop-up menu. 2. Select RAID 0 for performance RAID 0 for performance RAID 0 for performance RAID 0 for performance RAID 0 for performance then press <Enter>. From this point, you may choose to auto-configure the RAID array by selecting Auto Setup for Performance Auto Setup for Performance Auto Setup for Performance Auto Setup for Performance Auto Setup for Performance o r manually configure the RAID array for stripped sets. If you want to auto-configure, proceed to the next step, otherwise, skip to step 5. 3. Select Auto Setup for Performance Auto Setup for Performance Auto Setup for Performance Auto Setup for Performance Auto Setup for Performance and press <Enter>. The following confirmation message appears. Auto create array will destroy all data on disks, Continue? (Y/N) Auto Setup For Data Security Array Mode RAID 1 (Mirroring) Select Disk Drives Start Create Process VIA Tech. VT8251 Series SATA RAID BIOS Ver 1.xx Create a RAID array with the hard disks attached to VIA RAID controller F1 : View Array/Disk Status â â â â â , â â â â â : Move to next item Enter : Confirm the selection ESC : Exit Channel Drive Name Array Name Mode Size(GB) Status Serial_Ch0 Master XXXXXXXXXXX ARRAY 0 SATA 999.99 XXXXXXX Serial_Ch1 Master XXXXXXXXXXX ARRAY 0 SATA 999.99 XXXXXXX RAID 1 for data protection RAID SPAN for capacity RAID 0 for performance
3-10 3-10 3-10 3-10 3-10 Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support Use arrow keys to move selection bar on items and press <Enter> to select. 7. Select Start Create Process Start Create Process Start Create Process Start Create Process Start Create Process and press <Enter> to set up hard disk for RAID system. The following confirmation message appears: 8. Press <Y> to confirm or <N> to return to the configuration options. 9. Press <Esc> to go back to main menu. RAID 1 for data protection RAID 1 for data protection RAID 1 for data protection RAID 1 for data protection RAID 1 for data protection 1. From the create array menu, select Array Mode Array Mode Array Mode Array Mode Array Mode , then press <Enter>. The supported RAID configurations appear on a pop-up menu. The data on the selected disks will be destroyed. Continue? (Y/N) 4K 8K 16K 32K 64K RAID 0 for performance RAID 1 for data protection RAID 0/1 RAID SPAN for capacity RAID 1 for data protection TIP: TIP: TIP: TIP: TIP: For server systems, use of a lower array block size is recommended. For multimedia computer systems used mainly for audio and video editing, a higher array block size is recommended for optimum performance. 4. Press <Y> to confirm or <N> to return to the configuration options. If you selected <Y>, proceed to step 9. 5. Select Select Disk Drives Select Disk Drives Select Disk Drives Select Disk Drives Select Disk Drives , then press <Enter>. Use arrow keys to select disk drive, then press <Enter> to mark selected drive. An asterisk appears before a selected drive. 6. Select Block Size Block Size Block Size Block Size Block Size , then press <Enter> to set array block size. A list of valid array block sizes are displayed on a pop-up menu. 2. Select RAID 1 for data protection RAID 1 for data protection RAID 1 for data protection RAID 1 for data protection RAID 1 for data protection then press <Enter>.
ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX ASUS P5VDC-MX 3-11 3-11 3-11 3-11 3-11 8. If you select <Y> the utility will duplicate your data. Press <Y> anytime if you want to exit the duplication process. 3. From this point, you can auto-configure the RAID array by selecting Auto Setup for Data Security Auto Setup for Data Security Auto Setup for Data Security Auto Setup for Data Security Auto Setup for Data Security o r manually configure the RAID array for mirrored sets. If you want to auto-configure, proceed to the next step, otherwise, skip to step 6. 4. Select Auto Setup for Data Security Auto Setup for Data Security Auto Setup for Data Security Auto Setup for Data Security Auto Setup for Data Security and press <Enter>. The following confirmation message appears. The data on the selected disks will be destroyed. Continue? (Y/N) 10. Press <Y> to confirm or <N> to return to the configuration options. 11. Press <Esc> to go back to main menu. Auto create array will destroy all data on disks, Continue? (Y/N) 5. Press <Y> to confirm or <N> to return to the configuration options. If you selected <Y>, proceed to step 11. 6. Select Select Disk Drives Select Disk Drives Select Disk Drives Select Disk Drives Select Disk Drives , then press <Enter>. Use arrow keys to select disk drive/s, then press <Enter>. An asterisk appears before a selected drive. 7. Select Start Create Process Start Create Process Start Create Process Start Create Process Start Create Process and press <Enter> to setup hard disk for RAID system. The following inquiry appears: Save the data on source disk to mirror after creation? (Y/N) Duplicating... RAID 1 for data protection Press Yes(Y) to Escape 9. If you select <N>, the following confirmation message appears.
3-12 3-12 3-12 3-12 3-12 Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support 3.4 Creating a RAID driver disk A floppy disk with the RAID driver is required when installing Windows î 2000/XP or later operating system on a hard disk drive that is included in a RAID set. To create a RAID driver disk: 1. Place the motherboard support CD into the CD-ROM drive. 2. When the Drivers Drivers Drivers Drivers Drivers menu appears, click Make VIA VT8251 32/ Make VIA VT8251 32/ Make VIA VT8251 32/ Make VIA VT8251 32/ Make VIA VT8251 32/ 64bit RAID Driver Disk 64bit RAID Driver Disk 64bit RAID Driver Disk 64bit RAID Driver Disk 64bit RAID Driver Disk t o create a VIA RAID driver disk Or Browse the contents of the support CD to locate the driver disk utility and go to \Drivers\Chipset\EIA 4 in 1\Disk \Drivers\Chipset\EIA 4 in 1\Disk \Drivers\Chipset\EIA 4 in 1\Disk \Drivers\Chipset\EIA 4 in 1\Disk \Drivers\Chipset\EIA 4 in 1\Disk for the VIA RAID driver disk utility 3 Insert floppy disk to floppy disk drive. 4. Follow succeeding screen information to complete process. 5. Write-protect the floppy disk to avoid computer virus infection. To install the RAID driver: 1. During the OS installation, the system prompts you to press the F6 key to install third-party SCSI or RAID driver. 2. Press <F6> then insert the floppy disk with RAID driver into the floppy disk drive. 3. Follow the succeeding screen instructions to complete the installation. Refer to section âÂÂ3.2.2 Drivers menuâ for details.